100505 Catalog

: Pdf 100505-Catalog 100505-Catalog 702316 Batch7 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 196

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

The present line of Power-Strut continuous slot
metal framing is the result of over one half century of experience in metal framing. This complete
line includes channels, fittings and accessories of
American manufacture for any framing or support
problem… large or small, heavy or light.
Power-Strut is proud of the exacting standards of
research, design, engineering and manufacturing
that go into production of the Power-Strut system.
Maximum recommended load ratings for channels have been established through testing and
are based on allowable stresses applicable to the
Power-Strut Material Specification. Many PowerStrut products are listed by the Underwriters’
Laboratories, Inc. and certified by the Canadian
Standards Association.

CHANNEL

CLAMPING NUT

CONNECTION
FITTING

BOLT

Insert the clamping nut anywhere along the continuous slot channel. A 90° clockwise turn positions the
grooves and teeth in the nut with the inturned edges
of the channel.

The Power–Strut fitting provides the connection
of channels.

Tighten the bolt(s) to secure the connection.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
General Information .......................................Page 2
Channel .....................................................Page 19
Fasteners...................................................Page 55
Fittings ......................................................Page 61
Pipe & Conduit Clamps.................................Page 85
Brackets ....................................................Page 93
Rollers .......................................................Page 97
Beam Clamps ...........................................Page 101
Electrical ..................................................Page 109
Concrete Inserts .......................................Page 127
Junior Channel ..........................................Page 133
Power-Angle® ...........................................Page 139
Fiberglass ................................................Page 145
1"
3

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

Technical Data ..........................................Page 175

1

⁄2"

Product Index ...........................................Page 193
WARNING: Power-Strut products are carefully designed and manufactured to the listed standards, as applicable.
However, Power-Strut reserves the right to revise product design without notification. Power-Strut products included in
this catalog are intended for installation and service only as described or specified herein. Care should be exercised by
installers and end-users to install, use and maintain these products properly to avoid any possible on-the-job accidents.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

3
3
3

THE POWER TO BUILD
A Broad and Versatile Metal Framing Line Backed
■ More Than 8,000 Quality Products
The Power–Strut metal framing system can be regarded as a basic building material. Our metal framing system is an erector set concept, using
channel and fittings to solve many applications. You can conceal metal
framing in the basic structure of a building or run it along the surface of
walls, ceilings and floors. An endless array of fittings provide freedom to
work at virtually any angle along any surface to shape a support system
that fits your exact needs.
Available finishes include hot–dipped galvanized, pregalvanized,
electro–galvanized and painted, along with material choices of steel,
stainless steel and aluminum.
Beyond its versatility as a basic building material, metal framing is popular for more exotic applications such as clean rooms, satellite dish supports, x–ray supports, storage racks, theater screens, tunnel stanchions
and offshore platform catwalks. While the uses of metal framing are truly
unlimited, they fall into three major categories.

■ Electrical Systems
Versatile metal framing is widely used by electrical contractors to support
conduit, panel boxes, raceway systems and other electrical components.
In addition, Power–Strut channel can be used as a wiring raceway. Products marked with the UL symbol in this catalog are listed by Underwriter’s
Laboratories for use in raceway applications.
Channel raceways or support systems can be attached to ceilings, wood
or steel beams, inside columns or imbedded in concrete. Trapeze systems
can support conduit from either the top or bottom.
As a lighting support system, metal framing helps assure proper alignment over long spans. As a raceway system, channel offers an opportunity to reduce construction costs through more efficient use of installation labor. The exceptional versatility of channel gives contractors more
flexibility in solving miscellaneous problems which may arise at the
job site.

■ Mechanical Systems That Reduce Costs
For mechanical support of HVAC, plumbing and fire protection systems,

4

ENGINEERING CATALOG

THE POWER TO BUILD
by a Leading Reputation for Quality and Service.
the versatility of metal framing systems is unmatched. It is by far the
most popular framing system with contractors because the wide variety
of fittings and support devices available help solve virtually any support
problem without expensive welding.
Piping stanchions, ceiling and wall-mounted supports and tunnel supports are common metal framing applications. Concrete insert, shelf
bracket, wall and ceiling-mounted systems provide flexible solutions to
any piping support applications.

In addition, pipe support products such as Power-Wrap and cushioned
clamps provide insulation to prevent potential damage from noise,
vibration, temperature variations and metal-to-metal contact.

■ OEM Components And Maintenance
Metal Framing systems provide convenient solutions for maintenance
and retrofit requirements in processing and manufacturing facilities.
Also, Power-Strut products can be used as cost-effective components
in OEM applications. For example, channel can be used as conveyor
stands and side rails or provide framing for panel cabinetry products, or
for generator, motor and pump supports.
The complete line of products and leading reputation for quality and service make Power-Strut your practical choice for metal framing. Contact
your local Power-Strut representative for additional information.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

5

EXAMPLE APPLICATIONS
■

Overhead Support Vertical to Horizontal

Shelf or Utility Support

Anchor
(suitable for wall material)
Square Washer
PS 619 w/Hex Nut

PS 611
(typical)
Anchor
(suitable for wall material)

Pipe clamp
fittings
(typical)

Pipe clamp fittings
PS 1100 (typical)

Plastic End Cap
(typical)
Standard back-to-back
combination channel

■
■

Versatile Power-Strut installation
of utility piping means that
expansion is just a matter of
inserting another pipe clamp!

Overhead Multi-Use Support Systems
Using Channel Attached to “I” Beams
Wall Mount Organize & Control Multi-

■

Wall Mounted Brackets
Stock brackets are
available in lengths
from 6" to 36"

Check span for allowable load

Wall-mounted
channel

Pipe Rack
Trapeze Support

6

ENGINEERING CATALOG

EXAMPLE APPLICATIONS
■

Standard Channel and Fitting Assembly

■

Trapeze Support System
Power-Strut metal framing is ideal for electrical
and mechanical pipe support applications.

The factory punched holes
in “H” series channel allow
fittings to be attached to
either side.

Threaded Rod
e
en th
loos
Just to easily n
s
io
t
it
nu t pos
s
adju

■

Square
Washer
PS 619

Plastic
End Cap
(For safety)
Acceptable Methods to Hang Channels

Supports for Threaded Rod Attachments
Between Beams

Use Beam Clamps in pairs

Pre-slotted channel allow
through channel connections
PS RS 3/8" (channel nut)
w/PS 619 3/8" (sq. washer)
PS 203 for 3/8" Rod
(eyelet link)
Threaded Rod

■
Pipe Hanger

Select channel size based on load requirements

■

Ganged Pipe Support
Standard “I” beam

Supports for Threaded Rod Attachments
to Single Beams
Standard channel

Use Beam Clamps
in pairs

Select channel size based
on load requirements

Pipe clamps

Hanger support

ENGINEERING CATALOG

7

THE POWER TO BUILD
PREGALVANIZED (PG)

Material (steel strip) is coated with zinc
by hot-dip process prior to roll-forming or
press operations.

Pre-galvanized
steel

The zinc coating conforms to
ASTM A–653, Grade 90 General
Requirement for Steel Sheet, Zinc–Coated
(Galvanized) by Hot Dip Process.

HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED (HG)

Material is coated with zinc after being rollformed or after all manufacturing operations
are completed, conforming to ASTM specification No. A123 or A153.

Zinc Coating

ELECTRO-GALVANIZED (EG)

Electro-Galvanized
Zinc Coating

• electroplated (EG)
• pregalvanized (PG)
• hot dip galvanized (HG)
• yellow dichromate (ZD)

1. Barrier: The zinc coating protects the
steel substrate from direct contact with
the environment.
2. Sacrificial: The zinc coating will protect scratches, cut edges, etc. through
an anodic sacrificial process.
The service life of zinc coating is directly
related to the zinc coating thickness as
shown below.

COMPARISON OF ZINC
GALVANIZED FINISHES

Channel, Closures, Clamps & Fittings

Prepared Steel

Power-Strut products are available in
four types of zinc coatings:

Zinc coatings offer two types of protection:

Channel & Closures

Prepared Steel

■ ZINC COATING

Fittings and hardware are electrolytically
coated with zinc to commercial standards
(ASTM-B633 Type III C1).

Finish
Thickness

Zinc

Hot Dip Galvanized
Pregalvanized
Electro-Galvanized
Power-Gold

2.6 MIL
.75 MIL
.2 to .5 MIL
.5 MIL

Bolts, Nuts, Clamps & Fittings

POWER-GOLD (ZD)
Prepared Steel

Electro-Plated
Zinc Coating

A .5 mil Electro-galvanized zinc plate is
applied with a cohesive molecular bond to
the steel base metal, in compliance with the
ASTM B633 standard. Yellow Dichromate
is applied over the zinc and results in a
gold appearance which acts as a nonporous barrier sealant.

Yellow Dichromate
Conversion Coat

Channel & Fittings

8

ENGINEERING CATALOG

THE POWER TO BUILD
POWER-GREEN® (GR)

Channel and parts are cleaned and phosphated. Immediately afterward, a uniform
coat of rust-inhibiting acrylic enamel paint
is applied by electro-deposition and thoroughly baked.

Prepared Steel

Iron Phosphate

■ POWER-GREEN®

TECHNICAL DATA

STEEL SUBSTRATE PREPARATION
Eight stage continuous cleaning, phosphate process.
Substrate after “prep”: sealed iron phosphate conversion coating.

Sealer
E-Coat

COATING

Channel, Closures & Fittings

Thermoset acrylic

PLAIN (PL)

Plain finish designation means that the
channel retains the oiled surface applied to
the raw steel during the rolling process. The
fittings have the original oiled surface of
the bar-stock material.

Color: Green Federal STD. 595A,
Color No. 14109, Dark Limit V-.
Hardness: 2H.
Coating Process: Anodic Electrodeposition.
PERFORMANCE
Salt Spray:
Scribed: exceeds 400 hrs per
ASTM B117.

Steel (oiled surface)

Unscribed: exceeds 600 hrs per
ASTM B117.

Channel, Closures & Fittings

Chalk: nominal at 1,000 hrs per weatherometer G-23 test.

ALUMINUM (AL)

Extruded Aluminum

Channel is extruded aluminum in accordance with ASTM B221 Type 6063-T6.

Checking: None at 1,000 hrs per weatherometer G-23 test.
Fade: Less than 50% compared to standard epoxy E.C. coatings.
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
Formulated as a “heavy metal”-free coating (trace elements only).
Outgassing in service: essentially none
at 350°F for 24 hrs.

Channel, Closures & Fittings

STAINLESS STEEL (SS)

Material in accordance with ASTM A 240
(Type 304 or type 316).

Type 304 or
Type 316
Stainless Steel

Channel, Closures & Fittings

ENGINEERING CATALOG

9

THE POWER TO BUILD
■

MATERIALS:

Channel* & Closures – Pregalvanized
ASTM A653 Grade 33, Steel Sheet Zinc Coated by
Hot Dip Process
Channel* – Plain, Painted or Hot Dip Galvanized
ASTM A–1011 Grade 33, Hot Rolled Carbon Steel
Sheet and Strip, Structural Quality

■

FINISHES (Ordering):

When ordering, add the finish to the part number.
Examples: PS 200-10 PG
PS 200-10 ZD
PS 200-10 GR
PS 200-10 HG

Channel* – Stainless Steel
ASTM A–240, Type 304, Heat Resisting Chromium
and Chromium–Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet,
Strip for Pressure Vessel
Channel* – Aluminum
ASTM B–221, Type 6063 T6, Aluminum Alloy
Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape and Tube
Closures – Plain, Painted or Hot Dip Galvanized
ASTM A1008, Steel, Strip, Carbon, Cold–Rolled
Fittings* – Steel
• 1⁄4" Nominal Thickness – ASTM A–575 and A576†
• 3⁄8" Nominal Thickness – A36 (Structural Steel)
Fittings* – Aluminum
ASTM B–209
Accessories – Steel
• Less than 1⁄4" Nominal Thickness – ASTM A–569,
1008–1010 Grade, or (when Pre–Galvanized) ASTM
A–527/Coating Designation G90
Pipe Clamps – Steel
A–1011SS Grade 33
Pipe Clamps – Stainless Steel
ASTM A–240, Type 304
Pipe Clamps – Aluminum
ASTM B-209, 5052, H32 Grade, Sheet and Plate
Channel Nuts
ASTM (3⁄8" & 1⁄2") A-576 Grade 1015M, A–675 (1⁄4")
Grade 60, Case Hardened to RC25 min.
Hex Nuts and Bolts
ASTM A–563, Grade A and ASTM A–307, Grade A
Threaded Rod
ASTM A–510, Hot Rolled, 1008–1010 Grade

* Channel referenced is 15⁄8" wide, fittings referenced are for 15⁄8" channel.
† Some 1⁄4" fittings are produced from A-36 Structural Steel.

10

ENGINEERING CATALOG

PICTORIAL INDEX
Channel
15⁄8” x 31⁄4” x 12Ga.
15⁄8” x 61⁄2” x 12Ga.
PS 100 .....................p.22 PS 100 2T3 ...............p.24

15⁄8” x 15⁄8” x 12Ga.
15⁄8” x 47⁄8” x 12Ga.
15⁄8” x 27⁄16” x 12Ga.
PS 150 .....................p.25 PS 150 2T3 ...............p.27 PS 200 .....................p.28

15⁄8” x 15⁄8” x 12Ga.
15⁄8” x 15⁄8” x 12Ga.
31⁄4” x 31⁄4” x 12Ga.
w/Plate
w/Plate
PS 200 3T6 ...............p.31 PS 200 PLA ...............p.34 PS 200 PLB ................p.34

15⁄8” x 31⁄4” x 12Ga.
PS 200 2T3 ...............p.30

15⁄8” x 31⁄4” x 12Ga.
PS 200 2T2 ...............p.31

15⁄8” x 31⁄4” x 12Ga.
15⁄8” x 31⁄4” x 12Ga.
PS 200 2T4 ...............p.31 PS 200 2T5 ...............p.31

15⁄8” x 47⁄8” x 12Ga.
PS 200 PLC ...............p.34

15⁄8” x 15⁄8” x 14Ga.
PS 210 .....................p.36

15⁄8” x 31⁄4” x 14Ga.
PS 210 2T3 ...............p.38

15⁄8” x 13⁄16” x 14Ga.
PS 500 .....................p.45

15⁄8” x 15⁄8” x 14Ga.
PS 500 2T3 ...............p.47

15⁄8” x 13⁄16” x 12Ga.
15⁄8” x 15⁄8” x 12Ga.
PS 520 .....................p.48 PS 520 2T3 ...............p.50

PS 6153 ...................p.54

PS 3792 ....................p.54

PS 9050 ...................p.54

15⁄8” x 13⁄8” x 12Ga.
15⁄8” x 23⁄4” x 12Ga.
PS 300 .....................p.39 PS 300 2T3 ...............p.41

15⁄8” x 1” x 12Ga.
15⁄8” x 2” x 12Ga.
PS 400 .....................p.42 PS 400 2T3 ...............p.44

15⁄8” x 13⁄16” x 16Ga.
15⁄8” x 15⁄8” x 16Ga.
PS 560 .....................p.51 PS 560 2T3 ...............p.53

PS 6152 ...................p.54

Fasteners
PS 6024 ...................p.57

PS 6072 ...................p.57 PS 6075 ...................p.57 PS 6108 ....................p.58

PS 6112 .............. p.57

PS 83 .......................p.58 PS 209 .....................p.58

PS 230 .....................p.58

PS 211 .....................p.58 PS 3500 ...................p.58 PS 146 .....................p.58

PS 6064 ...................p.58

PS 135 .....................p.58 PS LS .......................p.59

PS RS .......................p.59

PS SS .......................p.59 PS 517 .....................p.59 PS NS .......................p.59

PS NS S ....................p.59

PS TG .......................p.60 PS 3281 ...................p.60

PS 202 .....................p.60

PS 203 .....................p.60

ENGINEERING CATALOG

PS 204 ......................p.60 PS 205 .....................p.60

11

PICTORIAL INDEX
Fittings

PS 619 .....................p.62 PS 2504 ...................p.62

PS 620 .....................p.63

PS 889 .....................p.63 PS 712 .....................p.64 PS 714 .....................p.64

PS 601 .....................p.62 PS 602 .....................p.62

PS 617 .....................p.62 PS 618 .....................p.62

PS 621 .....................p.63 PS 718 .....................p.63

PS 719 .....................p.63 PS 888 .....................p.63

PS 744 .....................p.64 PS 750 .....................p.64

PS 925 .....................p.64

PS 2190 ...................p.64

PS 747 .....................p.65 PS 822 .....................p.65

PS 854 .....................p.65 PS 2112 ...................p.65 PS 603 .....................p.65

PS 764 .....................p.66 PS 604 .....................p.66

PS 2144 ...................p.66 PS 806 .....................p.66

PS 2520 ...................p.66

PS 605 .....................p.67

PS 606 .....................p.67

PS 745 .....................p.67

PS 2545 ...................p.67

PS 607 .....................p.67 PS 3049 ...................p.67 PS 3373 ...................p.68

PS 614 .....................p.68

PS 615 .....................p.68

PS 716 R or L .............p.68

PS 720 R or L .............p.68 PS 660 .....................p.68

PS 622 .....................p.69 PS 752 R or L .............p.69

12

PS 689 A ...................p.69

PS 746 .....................p.70 PS 748 .....................p.70 PS 3326 ...................p.70

PS 624 .....................p.70 PS 781 .....................p.71 PS 793 .....................p.71

PS 9403 ...................p.72 PS 9404 ...................p.72

PS 927 .....................p.69

PS 2113 ...................p.71 PS 9400 ...................p.71

PS 926 .....................p.72 PS 2054 ...................p.72

PS 810 .....................p.73

PS 921 .....................p.65 PS 763 .....................p.66

PS 713 .....................p.69 PS 715 .....................p.69

PS 2007 R or L ...........p.70

PS 633 .....................p.70

PS 9401 ...................p.71

PS 9402 ...................p.72

PS 812 .....................p.73 PS 756 .....................p.73

ENGINEERING CATALOG

PICTORIAL INDEX

PS 2601 ...................p.73 PS 611 .....................p.74

PS 692 .....................p.75

PS 710 .....................p.76

PS 612 .....................p.74

PS 711 .....................p.74

PS 928 ....................... 74 PS 609 .....................p.74

PS 647 .....................p.74

PS 2532 ...................p.75 PS 3060 ...................p.75 PS 613 .....................p.75

PS 679 .....................p.75 PS 2648 ...................p.75

PS 687 A ...................p.76

PS 709 .....................p.77

PS 734 .....................p.77

PS 733 .....................p.77

PS 616 .....................p.78

PS 631 .....................p.78
PS 644 .....................p.78

PS 2119 ...................p.76

PS 721 .....................p.76

PS 929 .....................p.76
PS 978 .....................p.76

PS 678 .....................p.77 PS 677 .....................p.77

PS 735 .....................p.77

PS 993 .....................p.78 PS 623 ................ p.78

PS 645 .....................p.78 PS 804 .....................p.79

PS 629 .....................p.78

PS 1004 ...................p.79

PS 704 .....................p.79 PS 922 R or L .............p.79

PS 2117 R or L ...........p.79

PS 2129 R or L ...........p.80 PS 665 .....................p.80

PS 666 .....................p.80

PS 667 .....................p.80 PS 943 .....................p.80

PS 821 .....................p.81

PS 670 .....................p.81 PS 923 .....................p.81

PS 945 .....................p.81 PS 668 .....................p.81

PS 669 .....................p.82

PS 2128 R or L ...........p.80

PS 913 .....................p.81 PS 3013 ...................p.82

PS 2514 ...................p.82 PS 3025 ...................p.82 PS 3033 ...................p.82

PS 3040 ...................p.82
PS 2064 ...................p.83

PS 3029 ...................p.83

PS 3041 ...................p.83 PS 3064 ...................p.83

PS 2528-1 ................p.84

PS 2528 ...................p.84 PS 2524 ...................p.84

PS 2525 ...................p.84 PS 3282 ...................p.95

PS 2521 ...................p.83 PS 2522 ....................p.83

ENGINEERING CATALOG

13

PICTORIAL INDEX
Pipe & Conduit
PS 1000 ...................p.86

PS 1100 ...................p.86

PS 1300 ...................p.86

PS 1200 ...................p.87

PS 51 .......................p.89

PS 3138 ...................p.88

PS 3126 ...................p.88

PS 1450 ...................p.88 PS 3792 ...................p.88

PS 67 .......................p.89 PS 69 .......................p.89

PS 004T-106N ...........p.90

PS UB1/2-UB 10 .......p.91

PS 004M-038 M.........p.91 PS 270 .....................p.92

PS 52 E .....................p.92

PS 3101 thru 3115 ....p.92

PS 626 .....................p.94

PS 661 T1 .................p.94

PS 661 T2 .................p.94

PS 808 T1 ................p.94

PS 651 .....................p.94 PS 809 .....................p.94

PS 708 .....................p.94 PS 3164 ...................p.95

PS 732 .....................p.95

PS 838 R or L .............p.95

PS 825 R or L .............p.95 PS 826 .....................p.95

PS 2401 thru 2403 ....p.96 PS 2404 thru 2408 ....p.96

PS 2422 ...................p.91

PS 2421 ...................p.96

Brackets
PS 808 T2 .................p.94

Rollers
PS 1901 ...................p.98

PS 815 .....................p.98 PS 1902 ...................p.99 PS 1911 .................p.100

PS 816 ...................p.100

PS 855 ...................p.102

PS 2651 .................p.102

PS 2657 .................p.102

PS 2656 .................p.102

PS 685 ...................p.103

PS 907 ...................p.103

PS 916 ...................p.104 PS 684 ...................p.104

PS 2622 .................p.104

PS 736 ...................p.104

Beam Clamps

PS 686 ...................p.103 PS 2653 .................p.103

14

ENGINEERING CATALOG

PICTORIAL INDEX

PS 2623 .................p.105 PS 3201 .................p.105

PS 2624 .................p.105 PS 871 ..................... 105

PS 858 ...................p.106 PS 865 ...................p.106

PS 2654 .................p.106

PS 2626 .................p.106

PS 85 ................ p.107

PS 95 ................ p.107

PS 86 ................ p.107

PS 93 ................ p.108

PS 94 ................ p.108

PS 655 .............. p.115

PS 2511 ............ p.115

PS 2560 ............ p.115

PS 2640 ............ p.115

PS 2632 ............ p.116

PS 135 X ................... 107

Electrical

PS 2632 D ......... p.116

PS 659 .............. p.116

PS 658 .............. p.116

PS 803 .............. p.116

PS 2625 ............ p.116

PS 2631 ............ p.117

PS 2631D .......... p.117

PS 3301 ............ p.117

PS 807 .............. p.117

PS 2636 ............ p.118

PS 2637 ............ p.118

PS 702 .............. p.118

PS 703 .............. p.118

PS 702 D ........... p.119

PS 703 D ........... p.119

PS 707 .............. p.119

PS 707 .............. p.119

PS 649 .............. p.120

PS 2662 A ......... p.120

PS 2660 ............ p.120

PS 2661 ............ p.120

PS 2094-4” ....... p.121

PS 2639 ............ p.121

PS 760 .............. p.121

PS 671 .............. p.121

PS 2800 ............ p.122

PS 2802 ............ p.122

PS 2801 ............ p.122

PS 2803 ............ p.122

PS 791 .............. p.123

PS 2627 ............ p.123

PS 1510 ............ p.123

PS 1500 ............ p.123

PS 723 .............. p.124

PS 722 .............. p.125

PS 1610 ............ p.126

PS 1801 ............ p.126

PS 1850 ............ p.126

ENGINEERING CATALOG

15

PICTORIAL INDEX
Concrete Insert

PS 1154 ............ p.130

PS 6151 ............ p.130

PS 349 .............. p.128

PS 449 .............. p.129

PS 656 .............. p.130

PS 653 .............. p.130

PS 654 .............. p.130

PS 285 .............. p.131

PS 285 N ........... p.131

PS 680 .............. p.132

PS 600J ............ p.134

PS 700J ............ p.135

PS 3017 ............ p.136

PS 4017 ............ p.136

PS 2013 ............ p.136

Junior Channel

PS 2014 ............ p.136

PS 2015 ............ p.136

PS 2016 ............ p.136

PS 2033 ............ p.136

PS 2034 ............ p.136

PS 2008 ............ p.137

PS 2017 ............ p.137

PS 2018 ............ p.137

PS 2025 ............ p.137

PS 2037 ............ p.137

PS 2019 ............ p.137

PS 2024 ............ p.137

PS 2023 Ror L .... p.137

PS 2010 ............ p.138

PS 2026 ............ p.138

PS 2011 ............ p.138

PS 2029 ............ p.138

PS 2041 ............ p.138

PA158 ............... p.140

PA 238 .............. p.140

PA 318 .............. p.140

PA 1SC .............. p.140

PA 1GP ................. 140

PA 1SNB ............... 140

PA 1RP ................. 140

20P-2000, 20V-2000,
20E-2000 .......... p.151

20P-2200, 20V-2200,
20E-2200 .......... p.151

20P-2300, 20V-2300,
20E-2200 .......... p.151

20P-2100,
20V-2100 .......... p.151

20P-1500,
20V-1500 .......... p.151

Power-Angle®

PA 1RC .............. p.140

PA 1HDC ............... 140

Fiberglass

16

ENGINEERING CATALOG

PICTORIAL INDEX
Fiberglass

(cont.)
20P-1700, 20V-1700 p.151

20P-1200, 20V-1200,
20E-1200................. p.151

20P-1300, 20V-1300,
20E-1300................. p.151

20P-1800, 20V-1800 p.151

20P-1100, 20V-1100 ........p.151

20P-2000-SST,
20V-2000-SST ..................p.151

20P-1600, 20V-1600 p.151

20P-2200-SST,
20V-2200-SST .......... p.151

20P-1000, 20V-1000,
20E-1000................. p.151

20P-2300-SST,
20V-2300-SST ..................p.151

20P-2100-SST,
20V-2100-SST ..................p.151

20P-2500, 20V-2500
20P-2800, 20V-2800 .......p.154

20P-2502, 20V-2502
20P-2802, 20V-2802 .......p.154

20P-2504, 20V-2504
20P-2804, 20V-2804 .......p.154

20P-2506, 20V-2506
20P-2806, 20V-2806 .......p.154

50PU-2616............. p.154

20P-2508, 20V-2508
20P-2808, 20V-2808 .......p.154

20P/V-2510, 20P/V-2810R,
20 P/V-2810L, ................p.155

20P-2512, 20V-2512,
20P-2812, 20V-212 ..........p.155

20P-2514, 20V-2514,
20P-2814, 20V-2814 ........p.155

20P/V-2516, 20P/V-2816R,
20P/V2816L ....................p.155

20P-2518, 20V-2518,
20-2818, 20V-2818 ..........p.155

20P-2520, 20V-220,
20P-2820, 20v-2820 ........p.155

20P-2522, 20V-2522,
20P-2822, 20V-2822 ........p.155

20P-2524, 20V-2524,
20P-2824, 20V-2824 ........p.155

20P-2526, 20V-2526,
20P2826, 20V-2826 .........p.155

20P-2528, 20V-2528
20P-2828, 20V-2828 ........p.156

20P-2530, 20V-2530,
20P2830, 20V-2830 .........p.156

20P-2534, 20V-2534,
20P-2834, 20V-2834 ........p.156

20P-2541, 20V-2541p.156

20P-2540, 20V-2540,
20P-2840, 20V-2840 ........p.156

50PU-2611............. p.156

50PU-2613............. p.156

50PU-1508,
50PU-2008............. p.156

50PU-2045............. p.157

50PU-2636, 50PU-2636A,
50PU-3636B.....................p.157

50PU-2090............. p.157

20PU-5853, 20PU-5854, 20PU-5855,
20 PP-5853, 20PP-5854, 20PP-5855 ..p.157

20PU-5903, 20PU-5904, 20PU-5905,
20PU-5903, 20PP-5904, 20PP-5905..... p.157

20E-5000 .........................p.157

50PU-500SP ........... p.157

AIC-EC..................... p.157

200-3100 to 200-3140 .....p.158

Rigid Pipe Clamps ..... p.159

Two-Hole Pipe Straps p.159

200-4101 .............. p.160

200-3101 .............. p.160

200-4101 .............. p.160

Nonmetallic U-Bolts .. p.160

Hex Flange Bolts ...... p.161

Hex Bolts ................ p.161

Insert w/Cable Tie ... p.160

ENGINEERING CATALOG

17

PICTORIAL INDEX
Fiberglass

(cont.)
Vinyl Ester Square
Head Bolts .............. p.161

Hex Nuts ............ p.162

Hex Flange Nuts ...... p.162

Flat Washers............ p.162

Vinyl Ester Square
Head Bolts .............. p.162

Heavy Duty
Channel Nuts ........... p.163

Standard Duty
Channel Nuts ........... p.163

Saddle Clips............. p.163

Stop-Lock Assemblies ..........p.163

Molded Clevis Hanger .........p.164

Hand Lay-Up Clevis
Hangers .................. p.164

Molded Beam Clamps .........p.165

Cope-Glas Beam Clamps ......p.165

Beam Clip ............... p.165

Fabricated Beam Clamps .....p.165

Threaded Rod .......... p.166

Rod Couplers ........... p.166

Duraclamp............... p.166

Channel Hangers ...... p.166

Power-Rack Stanchions .....p.167

Wall Brackets ..................p.167

Heavy Duty Post Base ....p.168

Stands.........................p.168

Equal Leg Angle ....... p.169

Channel .................. p.169

I-Beam ...........................p.169

Wide Flange I-Beam .........p.169

Flat Sheet .......................p.170

Embedment Angle .........p.170

Square Tube ............ p.170

Square Bar .............. p.170

Rectangular Tube..............p.170

Round Rod ......................p.170

Flat Strip ........................p.171

Round Tube ..................p.171

Door Frame ............. p.171

Threshold ................ p.171

Hat Section .....................p.171

Hex Bar (solid) ................p.171

Flight Channel .................p.171

Toe Plate .....................p.172

Square Bar (flat) ...... p.172

Square Tube (flat) .... p.172

Fixed Connector ...............p.172

Handrail Connectors..........p.172

Aickinzap ........................p.173

Aickincoat ....................p.173

18

ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
Power-Strut channel sections are
produced by multiple sets of forming
rolls which cold-work strip steel into
the channel configuration. This type of
roll forming produces a uniform
channel section held to the
specifications of MFMA-3.

■ MATERIALS:
Plain and painted green channels are formed from structural quality
strip steel which conforms to the requirements of ASTM A-1011 SS
Grade 33. Pre-galvanized channel conforms to the requirements of
ASTM A-653 Grade 33.

■ STANDARD LENGTHS:
Stock lengths are 10 and 20 feet. Special lengths are available
upon request.

■ STANDARD FINISHES:
Standard Power-Strut channel is available in plain, painted green,
zinc dichromate or pre-galvanized finishes.

■ ORDERING INFORMATION:
When ordering, add the length or size and finish to the part number.
See page 8 - 10 for finish abbreviations and an example.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

19

CHANNEL
■

PS 100 15⁄8" x 31⁄4" x 12 ga.

■

See Pages 22-24

■

PS 210 15⁄8" x 15⁄8" x 14 ga.

PS 500 15⁄8" x 13⁄16" x 14 ga.

See Pages 45-47

■

PS 600J

13

⁄16" x

13

⁄16" x 19 ga.

See Junior Channel
Page 134

20

PS 200 15⁄8" x 15⁄8" x 12 ga.

See Pages 25-27

■

See Pages 36-38

■

■

PS 150 15⁄8" x 27⁄16" x 12 ga.

See Pages 28-35

■

PS 300 15⁄8" x 13⁄8" x 12 ga.

PS 400 15⁄8" x 1" x 12 ga.

See Pages 39-41

■

See Pages 42-44

■

PS 520 15⁄8" x 13⁄16" x 12 ga.

PS 560 15⁄8" x 13⁄16" x 16 ga.

See Pages 48-50

■

PS 700J

See Pages 51-53

13

⁄16" x

13

⁄32" x 19 ga.

See Junior Channel
Page 135

ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
■

Channel with Holes
9

⁄16" Dia. Holes

1 5⁄8"
13

⁄16"

1 7⁄8"

PS 100, PS 150, PS 200,
PS 210, PS 300, PS 400,
PS 500, PS 520, PS 560

(typ.)

■

Channel with Holes on Three Sides
9

⁄16" Dia. Holes

PS 200 Only

1 5⁄8"
13

⁄16"

1 7⁄8"
(typ.)

■

Channel with Slots

13

⁄32" x 3" Slot

1 5⁄8"
1

4"

⁄2"

■

Channel with Elongated Holes
9

⁄16" x 11⁄8" Dia. Holes

1 5⁄8"
5

2"

⁄8"

■

PS
PS
PS
PS

100, PS 150, PS 200,
200 2T3, PS 210,
300, PS 400, PS 500,
520, PS 560

Channel with Knockouts
7

⁄8" Dia. Knockouts

PS 100, PS 150, PS 200,
PS 210, PS 300, PS 400

1 5⁄8"
3"

■

PS 100, PS 150, PS 200,
PS 210, PS 300, PS 400,
PS 500, PS 520, PS560

6"

Channel with Slotted Back
3

⁄4"

PS 200 Only

1 5⁄8"
7

⁄8" x 3 1⁄2" Slot

ENGINEERING CATALOG

41⁄2"

21

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■

PS 100 - Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 31⁄4" x 12 ga.)

3

1 5 ⁄8 "
7
⁄8 "

⁄8 "

Y
3

⁄8 "
1.750"

9

⁄32"

X

X

1

3 ⁄4 "

1.500"

12 Ga.
Y

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis

■

Y-Y Axis

Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)

Area of
Section
(Inch2)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

305

0.897

1.099

0.628

1.107

0.359

PS 100 H - Channel with Holes

■

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)
0.442

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)
0.695

PS 100 EH – Channel with Elongated Holes

9

9

⁄16" Dia. Holes

⁄16" x 11⁄8" Dia. Holes

1 5⁄8"

1 5⁄8"
13

⁄16"

5

1 7⁄8"

2"

⁄8"

(typ.)

Weight: 300 lbs./100 ft.

■

PS 100 S - Channel with Slots

13

Weight: 300 lbs./100 ft.
22

PS 100 K06 – Channel with Knockouts

7

⁄8" Dia. Knockouts

1 5⁄8"
4"

⁄2"

■

⁄32" x 3" Slot

1 5⁄8"
1

Weight: 300 lbs./100 ft.

3"

6"

Weight: 305 lbs./100 ft.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

COLUMN LOADING – PS 100

BEAM LOADING – PS 100
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
144
168
192
216
240

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
5,260
0.03
5,260
5,260
5,260
3,510
0.07
3,510
3,510
3,510
2,630
0.12
2,630
2,630
2,630
2,110
0.18
2,110
2,110
1,920
1,750
0.26
1,750
1,750
1,330
1,500
0.36
1,500
1,470
980
1,320
0.47
1,320
1,130
750
1,170
0.59
1,170
890
590
1,050
0.73
960
720
480
880
1.05
670
500
330
750
1.43
490
370
250
660
1.87
380
280
190
580
2.37
300
220
150
530
2.92
240
180
120

Maximum
Unbraced Allowable Load Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
4,430
13,050 12,000 11,180 9,590
36
4,030
11,380 9,590
7,390
5,560
48
3,400
8,830
6,730
4,700
3,560
60
2,780
6,580
4,700
3,360
2,620
72
2,330
4,890
3,560
2,620
2,090
84
2,010
3,860
2,870
2,160
1,750
96
1,770
3,180
2,410
1,850
1,510
108
1,590
2,710
2,090
1,620
1,330
120
1,440
2,370
1,850
1,450
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

* Bearing load may govern capacity.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8. This load table is based on a solid channel section.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follows:
PS-100-EH
PS-100-H

15%
10%

PS-100-S
PS-100-KO6

15%
5%

PS 100 – Crush Loads

5,500 Lbs.

4,000 Lbs.

2,000 Lbs.

Resistance to Slip – 1,500 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength – 2,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

23

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 100 2T3 – Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 61⁄2" x 12 ga.)
3

⁄8"

1 5⁄8"
7
⁄8"

Y

3

⁄8"

9

⁄32"

3.250"

12 Ga.
X

6 1⁄2"

X

3.250"

Y

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
610

Area of
Section
(Inch2)
1.794

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

5.578

1.716

1.864

0.719

0.884

0.695

BEAM LOADING – PS 100 2T3

Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
144
168
192
216
240

Y-Y Axis

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
6,170 *
0.01
6,170 *
6,170 *
6,170 *
6,170 *
0.03
6,170 *
6,170 *
6,170 *
5,650
0.05
5,650
5,650
5,650
4,520
0.08
4,520
4,520
4,520
3,770
0.11
3,770
3,770
3,770
3,230
0.15
3,230
3,230
3,230
2,830
0.20
2,830
2,830
2,830
2,510
0.25
2,510
2,510
2,510
2,260
0.31
2,260
2,260
2,260
1,880
0.45
1,880
1,880
1,690
1,610
0.61
1,610
1,610
1,240
1,410
0.79
1,410
1,410
950
1,260
1.00
1,260
1,130
750
1,130
1.24
1,130
910
610

COLUMN LOADING – PS 100 2T3
Maximum
Unbraced Allowable Load Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
8,360
30,190 29,820 29,220 28,500
36
8,230
29,300 28,500 27,220 25,740
48
8,050
28,100 26,750 24,660 22,320
60
7,810
26,630 24,660 23,090 19,770
72
7,530
24,930 22,320 19,770 15,800
84
7,340
23,070 21,110 16,450 12,100
96
6,950
22,440 18,430 13,300 9,260
108
6,510
20,270 15,800 10,540 7,320
120
6,010
18,100 13,300 8,540
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

* Load limited by spot weld shear.
† Bearing load may govern capacity.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.

24

ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 150 – Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 27⁄16" x 12 ga.)
1 5⁄8"
7
⁄8"

3

⁄8"

Y
3

⁄8"
1.336"
X

9

X

⁄32"

7

2 ⁄16"

1.103"

12 Ga.
Y

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis
Area of
Section
(Inch2)

Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
247

0.726

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

0.523

0.391

0.848

0.335

0.412

0.679

■ PS 150 H - Channel with Holes

9

Y-Y Axis

■ PS 150 EH – Channel with Elongated Holes

9

⁄16" Dia. Holes

1 5⁄8"

⁄16" x 11⁄8" Dia. Holes

1 5⁄8"
13

⁄16"

1 7⁄8"

5

2"

⁄8"

(typ.)

Weight: 242 lbs./100 ft.

Weight: 242 lbs./100 ft.

■ PS 150 S - Channel with Slots

■ PS 150 K06 – Channel with Knockouts

7

13

⁄32" x 3" Slot

1 5⁄8"
1

⁄2"

⁄8" Dia. Knockouts

1 5⁄8"
4"

Weight: 242 lbs./100 ft.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

3"

6"

Weight: 247 lbs./100 ft.
25

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

BEAM LOADING – PS 150
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
144
168
192
216
240

COLUMN LOADING – PS 150

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
3,280
0.04
3,280
3,280
3,280
2,190
0.09
2,190
2,190
2,190
1,640
0.15
1,640
1,640
1,430
1,310
0.24
1,310
1,310
910
1,090
0.34
1,090
950
630
940
0.47
930
700
470
820
0.61
710
540
360
730
0.77
560
420
280
660
0.96
460
340
230
550
1.38
320
240
160
470
1.87
230
170
120
410
2.45
180
130
90
360
3.10
140
110
70
330
3.82
110
90
60

Maximum
Unbraced Allowed Load Max. Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
4,580
13,860 12,610 10,910
9,300
36
4,010
11,120
9,300
7,190
5,550
48
3,370
8,550
6,580
4,800
3,800
60
2,810
6,430
4,800
3,610
2,920
72
2,410
4,970
3,800
2,920
2,390
84
2,120
4,060
3,160
2,460
2,020
96
1,900
3,450
2,720
2,130
1,740
108
1,720
3,000
2,390
1,870
1,520
120
1,570
2,670
2,130
1,660
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

* Bearing load may govern capacity.
This load table is based on a solid channel section.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follows:
PS-150-EH
PS-150-S
PS-150-H
PS-150-KO6

15%
15%
10%
5%

PS 150 – Crush Loads

8,000 Lbs.

5,000 Lbs.

3,500 Lbs.

Resistance to Slip – 1,500 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength – 2,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
26

ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 150 2T3 – Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 47⁄8" x 12 ga.)
1 5⁄8"
7
⁄8"

3

⁄8"

Y
3

⁄8"
2.437"

9

⁄32"

X

X

4 7⁄8"
2.437"

12 Ga.
Y

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
494

Area of
Section
(Inch2)
1.453

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

2.811

1.153

1.391

0.669

0.824

0.679

BEAM LOADING – PS 150 2T3
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
144
168
192
216
240

Y-Y Axis

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
4,680 *
0.02
4,680 *
4,680 *
4,680 *
4,680 *
0.05
4,680 *
4,680 *
4,680 *
4,680 *
0.08
4,680 *
4,680 *
4,680 *
3,870
0.13
3,870
3,870
3,870
3,220
0.19
3,220
3,220
3,220
2,760
0.26
2,760
2,760
2,510
2,420
0.34
2,420
2,420
1,920
2,150
0.42
2,150
2,150
1,520
1,930
0.52
1,930
1,840
1,230
1,610
0.76
1,610
1,280
850
1,380
1.03
1,250
940
630
1,210
1.34
960
720
480
1,070
1.70
760
570
380
970
2.10
610
460
310

COLUMN LOADING – PS 150 2T3
Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
8,650
32,840 32,310 31,440 30,410
36
8,450
31,560 30,410 28,610 26,550
48
8,180
29,850 27,950 25,070 21,960
60
7,830
27,780 25,070 21,160 17,200
72
7,420
25,450 21,960 17,200 12,730
84
6,940
22,950 18,770 13,460
9,350
96
6,410
20,360 15,660 10,310
7,160
108
5,810
17,780 12,730
8,150
5,660
120
5,220
15,280 10,310
6,600
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

*Load limited by spot weld shear.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

27

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 200 – Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 15⁄8" x 12 ga.)
1 5⁄8"
7
⁄8"

3

⁄8"

Y
3

⁄8"
9
⁄32"

.915"
X
.710"

X

1 5⁄8"

12 Ga.

Y

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis
Area of
Section
(Inch2)

Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
189

0.556

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

0.185

0.202

0.577

0.236

0.290

0.651

■ PS 200 H - Channel with Holes
9

Y-Y Axis

■ PS 200 EH – Channel with Elongated Holes
9

⁄16" Dia. Holes

⁄16" x 11⁄8" Dia. Holes

1 5⁄8"

1 5⁄8"
13

⁄16"

5

1 7⁄8"

2"

⁄8"

(typ.)

Weight: 186 lbs./100 ft.

■ PS 200 H3 - Channel with Holes

Weight: 185 lbs./100 ft.

■ PS 200 K06 – Channel with Knockouts

7
9

⁄8" Dia. Knockouts

⁄16" Dia. Holes
1 5⁄8"

1 5⁄8"
13

⁄16"

3"

1 7⁄8"

6"

(typ.)

Weight: 175 lbs./100 ft.

■ PS 200 S - Channel with Slots

Weight: 189 lbs./100 ft.

■ PS 200 SB – Channel with Slotted Back
3

13

⁄32" x 3" Slot

1 5⁄8"

1 5⁄8"
1

⁄2"

4"

Weight: 185 lbs./100 ft.
28

⁄4"

7

⁄8" x 3 1⁄2" Slot

41⁄2"

Weight: 173 lbs./100 ft.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

BEAM LOADING – PS 200
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
144
168
192
216
240

COLUMN LOADING – PS 200

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
1,690
0.06
1,690
1,690
1,690
1,130
0.13
1,130
1,130
900
850
0.22
850
760
510
680
0.35
650
490
320
560
0.50
450
340
220
480
0.68
330
250
170
420
0.89
250
190
130
380
1.13
200
150
100
340
1.40
160
120
80
280
2.01
110
80
60
240
2.74
80
60
40
210
3.57
60
50
NR
190
4.52
50
40
NR
170
5.58
40
NR
NR

Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
3,450
10,750
9,900
8,770
7,730
36
3,050
8,910
7,730
6,370
5,280
48
2,660
7,250
5,980
4,660
3,770
60
2,290
5,890
4,660
3,600
2,940
72
2,000
4,800
3,770
2,940
2,380
84
1,760
4,010
3,170
2,460
1,970
96
1,570
3,450
2,730
2,090
1,650
108
1,410
3,020
2,380
1,800
**
120
1,270
2,680
2,090
**
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

This load table is based on a solid channel section.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follows:
PS-200-EH
PS-200-H
PS-200-SB

15%
10%
30%

PS-200-S
PS-200-KO6

15%
5%

For Extruded Aluminum Channels, reduce beam load values 38%.

PS 200 – Crush Loads

8,000 Lbs.

5,000 Lbs.

3,500 Lbs.

Resistance to Slip – 1,500 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength – 2,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

29

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 200 2T3 – Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 31⁄4" x 12 ga.)
3

⁄8"

1 5⁄8"
7
⁄8"

Y

3

⁄8"

9

⁄32"
1.625"

12 Ga.
3 1⁄4"

X

X

1.625"

Y

■ PS 200 EH 2T3 – Channel with Elongated Holes
9

⁄16" x 11⁄8" Dia. Holes

1 5⁄8"
5

Weight:
370 lbs./100 ft.

2"

⁄8"

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
378

Area of
Section
(Inch2)
1.112

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

0.930

0.572

0.915

0.472

0.580

0.651

BEAM LOADING – PS 200 2T3
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
144
168
192
216
240

Y-Y Axis

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
3,130 *
0.03
3,130 *
3,130 *
3,130 *
3,130 *
0.07
3,130 *
3,130 *
3,130 *
2,400
0.13
2,400
2,400
2,400
1,920
0.20
1,920
1,920
1,630
1,600
0.28
1,600
1,600
1,130
1,370
0.39
1,370
1,240
830
1,200
0.50
1,200
950
640
1,070
0.64
1,000
750
500
960
0.79
810
610
410
800
1.13
560
420
280
690
1.54
410
310
210
600
2.01
320
240
160
530
2.55
250
190
130
480
3.15
200
150
100

COLUMN LOADING – PS 200 2T3
Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
6,430
25,060 24,620 23,900 23,050
36
6,230
24,000 23,050 21,570 19,890
48
5,950
22,590 21,030 18,690 16,170
60
5,620
20,890 18,690 15,540 12,400
72
5,240
18,990 16,170 12,400
8,960
84
4,830
16,970 13,640
9,470
6,580
96
4,390
14,900 11,200
7,250
5,040
108
3,930
12,860
8,960
5,730
3,980
120
3,510
10,910
7,250
4,640
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

*Load limited by spot weld shear.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8. This load table is based on a solid channel section.
For pierced section, PS200 EH 2T3, reduce beam load values by 15%.

30

ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 200 2T2 – Welded Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 31⁄4" x 12 ga.)
Y

3 1⁄4"
X

X

1 5⁄8"

Y

■ PS 200 2T4 – Welded Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 31⁄4" x 12 ga.)
Y
1.677"

3 1⁄ 4"

X

X
1.574"

1 5⁄ 8"

.761"

.864"
Y

■ PS 200 2T5 – Welded Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 31⁄4" x 12 ga.)

Y

3 1⁄4"
X

.710"

1 5⁄8"

■

X

.915"
Y

PS 200 3T6 – Welded Steel Channel (31⁄4" x 31⁄4" x 12 ga.)
Y
1.354
X

3 1⁄ 4"

X
1.896

12 Ga.
3 1⁄ 4"

1.927"

1.323"
Y

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis

Part No.
PS 200 2T2
PS 200 2T4
PS 200 2T5
PS 200 3T6

Y-Y Axis

Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)

Area of
Section
(Inch2)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

378
378
378
567

1.112
1.112
1.112
1.667

1.206
1.065
1.206
1.410

0.742
0.635
0.742
0.744

1.042
0.979
1.042
0.920

0.382
0.424
0.370
1.515

0.470
0.491
0.404
0.785

0.586
0.617
0.577
0.953

ENGINEERING CATALOG

31

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

BEAM LOADING – PS 200 2T2
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
144
168
192
216
240

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
3,560 *
0.03
3,560 * 3,560 * 3,560 *
3,560 *
0.07
3,560 * 3,560 * 3,560 *
3,110
0.13
3,110
3,110
3,110
2,490
0.20
2,490
2,490
2,110
2,070
0.28
2,070
2,070
1,460
1,780
0.39
1,780
1,610
1,080
1,560
0.50
1,560
1,240
820
1,380
0.64
1,300
980
650
1,240
0.79
1,050
790
530
1,040
1.13
730
550
370
890
1.54
540
400
270
780
2.01
410
310
210
690
2.55
330
240
160
620
3.15
260
200
130

BEAM LOADING – PS 200 2T4
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
144
168
192
216
240

Max
Allowable
Uniform Load
Lbs
3,350 *
3,350 *
2,660
2,130
1,770
1,520
1,330
1,180
1,060
890
760
670
590
530

Defl. at
Uniform
Load
In
0.03
0.07
0.12
0.19
0.27
0.37
0.49
0.62
0.76
1.10
1.49
1.95
2.47
3.05

Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
3,350 * 3,350 *
3,350 *
3,350 * 3,350 *
3,350 *
2,660
2,660
2,660
2,130
2,130
1,860
1,770
1,770
1,290
1,520
1,420
950
1,330
1,090
730
1,150
860
570
930
700
470
650
480
320
470
360
240
360
270
180
290
220
140
230
170
120

*Load limited by spot weld shear.
This load table is based on a solid channel section.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.

COLUMN LOADING – PS 200 2T2

COLUMN LOADING – PS 200 2T4

Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
11,670
24,860 24,320 23,450 22,430
36
11,060
23,570 22,430 20,660 18,690
48
10,270
21,870 20,020 17,300 14,480
60
9,330
19,860 17,300 13,780 10,430
72
8,310
17,650 14,480 10,430
7,260
84
7,230
15,360 11,730
7,680
5,330
96
6,130
13,080
9,180
5,880
4,080
108
5,180
10,910
7,260
4,640
**
120
4,420
8,900
5,880
**
**

Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
6,650
23,830 22,880 21,460 19,940
36
6,300
21,640 19,940 17,650 15,440
48
5,880
19,180 16,900 14,060 11,520
60
5,410
16,710 14,060 10,940
8,340
72
4,910
14,400 11,520
8,340
6,270
84
4,400
12,280
9,270
6,560
4,880
96
3,920
10,370
7,550
5,290
3,900
108
3,510
8,670
6,270
4,350
**
120
3,150
7,370
5,290
3,630
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

32

ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

BEAM LOADING – PS 200 3T6

BEAM LOADING – PS 200 2T5
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
144
168
192
216
240

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
3,560 *
0.03
3,560 *
3,560 * 3,560 *
3,560 *
0.07
3,560 *
3,560 * 3,560 *
3,110
0.13
3,110
3,110
3,110
2,490
0.20
2,490
2,490
2,110
2,070
0.28
2,070
2,070
1,460
1,780
0.39
1,780
1,610
1,080
1,560
0.50
1,560
1,240
820
1,380
0.64
1,300
980
650
1,240
0.79
1,050
790
530
1,040
1.13
730
550
370
890
1.54
540
400
270
780
2.01
410
310
210
690
2.55
330
240
160
620
3.15
260
200
130

Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
144
168
192
216
240

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
4,740 *
0.03
4,740 *
4,740 *
4,740 *
4,160
0.06
4,160
4,160
4,160
3,120
0.11
3,120
3,120
3,120
2,490
0.17
2,490
2,490
2,460
2,080
0.24
2,080
2,080
1,710
1,780
0.33
1,780
1,780
1,260
1,560
0.43
1,560
1,440
960
1,390
0.55
1,390
1,140
760
1,250
0.67
1,230
920
620
1,040
0.97
860
640
430
890
1.32
630
470
310
780
1.73
480
360
240
690
2.19
380
290
190
620
2.70
310
230
150

*Load limited by spot weld shear.
This load table is based on a solid channel section.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.

COLUMN LOADING – PS 200 2T5

COLUMN LOADING – PS 200 3T6

Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
10,230
22,450 20,960 18,850 16,730
36
9,020
19,110 16,730 13,750 11,170
48
7,680
15,700 12,850
9,660
7,450
60
6,380
12,630
9,660
7,040
5,490
72
5,310
10,030
7,450
5,490
4,280
84
4,520
8,030
6,030
4,450
3,440
96
3,920
6,670
5,030
3,690
2,830
108
3,440
5,680
4,280
3,120
**
120
3,040
4,920
3,690
**
**

Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
7,440
34,950 33,390 31,270 29,250
36
7,130
31,530 29,250 26,590 24,410
48
6,800
28,310 25,810 23,180 21,170
60
6,490
25,630 23,180 20,740 18,860
72
6,200
23,470 21,170 18,860 16,860
84
5,920
21,750 19,570 17,190 14,800
96
5,640
20,330 18,180 15,520 12,680
108
5,370
19,120 16,860 13,720 10,760
120
5,090
18,010 15,520 12,010
9,120
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

33

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 200 PLA

– Welded Steel Channel and Plate

Y

1 3⁄16"

1.730"

1.236"
X

X

4"

Y

.494"

■ PS 200 PLB – Welded Steel Channel and Plate

Y

1.796"

1.017"

1.179"

1.730"

X

X

2 13⁄16"
Y

■ PS 200 PLC

.551"

– Welded Steel Channel and Plate

1.834"

Y

1 5⁄8"

2.437"

4 7⁄8"

X

X

Y

34

ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

BEAM LOADING – PS 200 PLC
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
156
168
180

COLUMN LOADING – PS 200 PLC

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
9350 *
0.02
9350 *
9350 *
9350 *
9350
0.05
9350
9350
9350
7010
0.08
7010
7010
7010
5610
0.13
5610
5610
5610
4680
0.19
4680
4680
4680
4010
0.26
4010
4010
3640
3510
0.34
3510
3510
2790
3120
0.42
3120
3120
2200
2810
0.52
2810
2670
1780
2550
0.63
2550
2210
1470
2340
0.76
2340
1860
1240
2160
0.89
2110
1580
1050
2000
1.03
1820
1360
910
1870
1.18
1580
1190
790

Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
11,390
36,960 33,980 30,430 27,500
36
10,510
30,840 27,500 24,180 21,870
48
9,780
26,260 23,320 20,720 19,070
60
9,240
23,120 20,720 18,750 17,540
72
8,830
20,980 19,070 17,540 16,660
84
8,520
19,510 17,970 16,770 15,660
96
8,260
18,470 17,190 16,280 11,990
108
8,050
17,690 16,660 13,640
9,470
120
7,870
17,110 16,280 11,050
7,670
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

*Load limited by spot weld shear.
† Bearing load may govern capacity.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.
This load table is based on a solid channel section.

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis

Part No.
PS 200 PLA
PS 200 PLB
PS 200 PLC

Y-Y Axis

Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)

Area of
Section
(Inch2)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

332
291
672

0.976
0.851
1.978

0.324
0.293
4.079

0.261
0.249
1.673

0.577
0.587
1.436

0.796
0.495
1.121

0.398
0.276
1.204

0.903
0.763
0.753

ENGINEERING CATALOG

35

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 210 – Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 15⁄8" x 14 ga.)
1 5⁄8"
7
⁄8"

3

⁄8"

Y
3

⁄8"
9
⁄32"

.896"
X
.729"

X

1 5⁄8"

14 Ga.

Y

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis
Area of
Section
(Inch2)

Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
142

0.417

Y-Y Axis

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

0.149

0.166

0.597

0.183

0.225

0.662

■ PS 210 H - Channel with Holes

■ PS 210 EH – Channel with Elongated Holes

9
9

⁄16" Dia. Holes

⁄16" x 11⁄8" Dia. Holes

1 5⁄8"

1 5⁄8"
5
13

⁄16"

1 7⁄8"

2"

⁄8"

(typ.)

Weight: 137 lbs./100 ft.

■ PS 210 S - Channel with Slots

Weight: 137 lbs./100 ft.

■ PS 210 K06 – Channel with Knockouts

7

⁄8" Dia. Knockouts

13

⁄32" x 3" Slot

1 5⁄8"
1

⁄2"

1 5⁄8"
4"

Weight: 137 lbs./100 ft.
36

3"

6"

Weight: 141 lbs./100 ft.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

BEAM LOADING – PS 210
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
144
168
192
216
240

COLUMN LOADING – PS 210

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
1,390
0.06
1,390
1,390
1,390
930
0.13
930
930
720
700
0.23
700
610
410
560
0.36
520
390
260
460
0.51
360
270
180
400
0.70
270
200
130
350
0.91
200
150
100
310
1.15
160
120
80
280
1.42
130
100
70
230
2.05
90
70
50
200
2.79
70
50
30
170
3.65
50
40
30
150
4.62
40
30
NR
140
5.70
30
NR
NR

Maximum
Allowable
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Unbraced
Load
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
2,770
8,120
7,450
6,540
5,660
36
2,410
6,650
5,660
4,480
3,520
48
2,040
5,240
4,140
3,040
2,390
60
1,690
4,050
3,040
2,270
1,830
72
1,440
3,140
2,390
1,830
1,480
84
1,260
2,560
1,980
1,530
1,240
96
1,120
2,170
1,700
1,310
1,060
108
1,000
1,880
1,480
1,140
**
120
910
1,670
1,310
**
*
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

This load table is based on a solid channel section.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follows:
PS-210-EH
PS-210-S
PS-210-H
PS-210-KO6

15%
15%
10%
5%

PS 210 – Crush Loads

5,500 Lbs.

3,500 Lbs.

2,500 Lbs.

Resistance to Slip – 1,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength – 1,400 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

37

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 210 2T3 – Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 31⁄4" x 14 ga.)
3

1 5⁄8"
7
⁄8"

⁄8"

9

Y
3

⁄8"

⁄32"

1.625"
14 Ga.
1

3 ⁄4"

X

X

1.625"

Y

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis

Y-Y Axis

Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)

Area of
Section
(Inch2)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

284

0.834

0.741

0.456

0.942

0.366

0.451

0.662

BEAM LOADING – PS 210 2T3
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
144
168
192
216
240

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
1,850 *
0.03
1,850 *
1,850 *
1,850 *
1,850 *
0.07
1,850 *
1,850 *
1,850 *
1,850 *
0.13
1,850 *
1,850 *
1,850 *
1,530
0.20
1,530
1,530
1,300
1,270
0.28
1,270
1,270
900
1,090
0.39
1,090
990
660
960
0.50
960
760
510
850
0.64
800
600
400
760
0.79
650
490
320
640
1.13
450
340
220
550
1.54
330
250
170
480
2.01
250
190
130
420
2.55
200
150
100
380
3.15
160
120
80

COLUMN LOADING – PS 210 2T3
Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
5,050
18,820 18,500 17,980 17,360
36
4,890
18,050 17,360 16,280 15,050
48
4,670
17,020 15,880 14,170 12,320
60
4,420
15,780 14,170 11,850
9,530
72
4,120
14,390 12,320
9,530
6,950
84
3,800
12,910 10,450
7,350
5,100
96
3,460
11,380
8,630
5,630
3,910
108
3,100
9,870
6,950
4,450
3,090
120
2,770
8,420
5,630
3,600
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

*Load limited by spot weld shear.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.

38

ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 300 – Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 13⁄8" x 12 ga.)

1 5⁄8"
7
⁄8"

3

⁄8"

Y
3

⁄8"

9

⁄32"

.784"
X
.591"

X

1 3⁄8"

12 Ga.
Y

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis
Area of
Section
(Inch2)

Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
171

0.503

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

0.121

0.154

0.490

0.205

0.253

0.639

■ PS 300 H - Channel with Holes

9

Y-Y Axis

■ PS 300 EH – Channel with Elongated Holes

9

⁄16" Dia. Holes

1 5⁄8"

⁄16" x 11⁄8" Dia. Holes

1 5⁄8"
13

⁄16"

1 7⁄8"

5

2"

⁄8"

(typ.)

Weight: 165 lbs./100 ft.

■ PS 300 S - Channel with Slots

Weight: 165 lbs./100 ft.

■ PS 300 K06 – Channel with Knockouts

13

⁄32" x 3" Slot
7

⁄8" Dia. Knockouts

1 5⁄8"

1 5⁄8"
1

⁄2"

4"

3"

Weight: 165 lbs./100 ft.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

6"

Weight: 170 lbs./100 ft.
39

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

BEAM LOADING – PS 300
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
144
168
192
216
240

COLUMN LOADING – PS 300

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
1,290
0.07
1,290
1,290
1,290
860
0.15
860
860
590
650
0.26
650
500
330
520
0.41
420
320
210
430
0.59
290
220
150
370
0.80
220
160
110
320
1.04
170
120
80
290
1.32
130
100
70
260
1.63
110
80
50
220
2.34
70
60
40
180
3.19
50
40
30
160
4.17
40
30
NR
140
5.27
NR
NR
NR
130
6.51
NR
NR
NR

Maximum
Allowable
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Unbraced
Load
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
3,070
9,790
9,090
8,190
7,370
36
2,730
8,300
7,370
6,320
5,440
48
2,400
7,000
6,010
4,930
4,050
60
2,090
5,930
4,930
3,860
3,120
72
1,820
5,060
4,050
3,120
2,290
84
1,590
4,300
3,390
2,430
**
96
1,400
3,690
2,880
1,860
**
108
1,200
3,220
2,290
**
**
120
1,040
2,820
1,860
**
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

This load table is based on a solid channel section.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follows:
PS-300-EH
PS-300-S
PS-300-H
PS-300-KO6

15%
15%
10%
5%

PS 300 – Crush Loads

8,000 Lbs.

5,000 Lbs.

3,500 Lbs.

Resistance to Slip – 1,500 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength – 2,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
40

ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 300 2T3 – Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 23⁄4" x 12 ga.)
Y

1 5⁄8"

1.375"
12 Ga.
2 3⁄4"

X

X

1.375"
Y
2

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
342

Area of
Section
(Inch2)
1.007

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

0.593

0.431

0.767

0.411

0.506

0.639

BEAM LOADING – P300 2T3
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
144
168
192
216
240

Y-Y Axis

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
2,660 *
0.04
2,660 *
2,660 *
2,660 *
2,410
0.08
2,410
2,410
2,410
1,810
0.15
1,810
1,810
1,620
1,450
0.23
1,450
1,450
1,040
1,200
0.33
1,200
1,080
720
1,030
0.46
1,030
790
530
900
0.59
810
610
400
800
0.75
640
480
320
720
0.93
520
390
260
600
1.34
360
270
180
520
1.82
260
200
130
450
2.38
200
150
100
400
3.01
160
120
80
360
3.72
130
100
60

COLUMN LOADING – P300 2T3
Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
5,720
22,670 22,250 21,580 20,780
36
5,500
21,670 20,780 19,400 17,830
48
5,220
20,350 18,890 16,710 14,390
60
4,880
18,760 16,710 13,800 10,920
72
4,510
17,000 14,390 10,920
7,810
84
4,120
15,120 12,050
8,270
5,740
96
3,710
13,210
9,820
6,330
4,400
108
3,300
11,340
7,810
5,000
**
120
2,940
9,560
6,330
4,050
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

*Load limited by spot weld shear.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

41

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 400 – Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 1" x 12 ga.)

3

1 5 ⁄8 "
7
⁄8 "

⁄8 "

3

⁄8 "

Y

0.596"

X

X

12 Ga.
9

⁄32"

Y

1"

0.404"

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis

Y-Y Axis

Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)

Area of
Section
(Inch2)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

140

0.411

0.051

0.086

0.353

0.158

0.194

0.619

■ PS 400 H - Channel with Holes

9

■ PS 400 EH – Channel with Elongated Holes

9

⁄16" Dia. Holes

1 5⁄8"

⁄16" x 11⁄8" Dia. Holes

1 5⁄8"
13

⁄16"

1 7⁄8"

5

2"

⁄8"

(typ.)

Weight: 136 lbs./100 ft.

Weight: 136 lbs./100 ft.

■ PS 400 S - Channel with Slots

■ PS 400 K06 – Channel with Knockouts

13

7

⁄32" x 3" Slot

1 5⁄8"
1

⁄2"

1 5⁄8"

4"

Weight: 136 lbs./100 ft.
42

⁄8" Dia. Knockouts

3"

6"

Weight: 140 lbs./100 ft.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

BEAM LOADING – PS 400
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
156
168
180

COLUMN LOADING – PS 400

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
720
0.09
720
720
560
480
0.19
480
370
250
360
0.35
280
210
140
290
0.54
180
130
90
240
0.78
120
90
60
210
1.06
90
70
50
180
1.38
70
50
30
160
1.75
60
40
30
140
2.16
40
30
20
130
2.61
40
30
20
120
3.11
30
20
20
110
3.64
30
20
NR
100
4.23
20
20
NR
100
4.85
NR
NR
NR

Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
2,245
7,830
7,305
6,685
6,160
36
1,960
6,760
6,160
5,120
3,880
48
1,630
5,920
4,690
3,150
2,190
60
1,300
4,590
3,150
2,020
**
72
1,050
3,320
2,190
**
**
84
850
2,440
1,610
**
**
96
KL/r>200
1,870
**
**
**
108
KL/r>200
1,470
**
**
**
120
KL/r>200
**
**
**
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

This load table is based on a solid channel section.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follows:
PS-400-EH
PS-400-S
PS-400-H
PS-400-KO6

15%
15%
10%
5%

PS 400 – Crush Loads

8,000 Lbs.

5,000 Lbs.

3,500 Lbs.

Resistance to Slip – 1,500 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength – 2,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

43

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 400 2T3 – Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 2" x 12 ga.)
1 5⁄8"
7
⁄8"

3

⁄8"

Y
3

⁄8"

1"
X

X

1"

9

⁄32"
12 Ga.

2"

Y

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis

Y-Y Axis

Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)

Area of
Section
(Inch2)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

279

0.822

0.237

0.237

0.537

0.315

0.388

0.619

BEAM LOADING – PS 400 2T3
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
156
168
180

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
1,920 *
0.05
1,920 *
1,920 *
1,920 *
1,320
0.12
1,320
1,320
1,150
990
0.20
990
970
650
790
0.32
790
620
410
660
0.46
580
430
290
570
0.63
420
320
210
500
0.82
320
240
160
440
1.04
260
190
130
400
1.28
210
160
100
360
1.55
170
130
90
330
1.84
140
110
70
310
2.16
120
90
60
280
2.51
110
80
50
260
2.88
90
70
50

COLUMN LOADING – PS 400 2T3
Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
4,280
17,670 17,220 16,690 16,120
36
4,050
16,750 16,120 14,620 12,980
48
3,720
15,640 14,090 11,840
9,580
60
3,350
13,950 11,840
9,030
6,490
72
2,980
12,130
9,580
6,490
4,500
84
2,610
10,270
7,450
4,770
3,310
96
2,260
8,490
5,700
3,650
**
108
1,970
6,820
4,500
**
**
120
1,740
5,530
3,650
**
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

*Load limited by spot weld shear.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.

44

ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 500 – Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 13⁄16" x 14 ga.)

3

⁄8"

1 5⁄8"
7
⁄8"

3

⁄8"

1

Y

⁄4"
14 Ga.

.480"

X

X

13

⁄16"

Y

.333"

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis
Area of
Section
(Inch2)

Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
98

0.287

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

0.025

0.053

0.298

0.106

0.131

0.609

■ PS 500 H - Channel with Holes

9

Y-Y Axis

■ PS 500 EH – Channel with Elongated Holes

9

⁄16" Dia. Holes

1 5⁄8"

⁄16" x 11⁄8" Dia. Holes

1 5⁄8"
13

⁄16"

1 7⁄8"

5

⁄8"

2"

(typ.)

Weight: 87 lbs./100 ft.

■

Weight: 87 lbs./100 ft.

PS 500 S - Channel with Slots

13

⁄32" x 3" Slot

1 5⁄8"
1

⁄2"

4"

Weight: 87 lbs./100 ft.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

45

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

COLUMN LOADING – PS 500

BEAM LOADING – PS 500
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
440
0.11
440
410
270
300
0.24
240
180
120
220
0.43
140
100
70
180
0.68
90
70
40
150
0.98
60
50
30
130
1.33
40
30
20
110
1.74
30
30
20
100
2.20
30
20
10
90
2.71
20
20
10

Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
1,620
5,670
5,210
4,530
3,810
36
1,300
4,620
3,810
2,770
1,940
48
1,000
3,450
2,450
1,570
1,090
60
760
2,380
1,570
**
**
72
600
1,650
1,090
**
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading

This load table is based on a solid channel section.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follows:
PS-500-EH
PS-500-S
PS-500-H

15%
15%
10%

PS 500 – Crush Loads

4,800 Lbs.

3,400 Lbs.

2,600 Lbs.

Resistance to Slip – 1,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength – 1,400 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
46

ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 500 2T3 – Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 15⁄8" x 14 ga.)
1 5⁄8"
7
⁄8"

3

⁄8"

3

⁄8"

Y

.812"

1

⁄4"
X

1 5⁄8"

X
Y
.812"

14 Ga.

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
195

Area of
Section
(Inch2)
0.574

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

0.114

0.141

0.447

0.212

0.261

0.609

BEAM LOADING – PS 500 2T3
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120

Y-Y Axis

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
910 *
0.06
910 *
910*
910*
790
0.14
790
790
550
590
0.25
590
470
310
470
0.40
400
300
200
390
0.57
280
210
140
340
0.77
200
150
100
300
1.01
160
120
80
260
1.28
120
90
60
240
1.58
100
70
50

COLUMN LOADING – PS 500 2T3
Maximum
Unbraced Allowable Load Max. Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
3,040
12,440 11,980 11,250 10,420
36
2,780
11,350 10,420 9,050
7,620
48
2,460
9,980
8,580
6,680
4,900
60
2,130
8,460
6,680
4,520
3,140
72
1,800
6,910
4,900
3,140
2,180
84
1,520
5,440
3,600
2,310
**
96
1,290
4,180
2,760
**
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

*Load limited by spot weld shear.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

47

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 520 – Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 13⁄16" x 12 ga.)

1 5⁄8"
7
⁄8"

3

⁄8"

.492"

Y

3

⁄8"

9

⁄32"
X

12 Ga.

X
Y

13

.321"

⁄16"

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis

Y-Y Axis

Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)

Area of
Section
(Inch2)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

126

0.371

0.030

0.061

0.284

0.135

0.166

0.602

■ PS 520 H - Channel with Holes

■ PS 520 EH – Channel with Elongated Holes

9

⁄16" Dia. Holes

9

1 5⁄8"

1 5⁄8"
13

⁄16"

1 7⁄8"

5

(typ.)

Weight: 120 lbs./100 ft.

■

⁄16" x 11⁄8" Dia. Holes

⁄8"

2"

Weight: 120 lbs./100 ft.

PS 520 S - Channel with Slots

13

⁄32" x 3" Slot

1 5⁄8"
1

4"

⁄2"

Weight: 118 lbs./100 ft.
48

ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

BEAM LOADING – PS 520
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
156
168
180

COLUMN LOADING – PS 520

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
510
0.10
510
490
330
340
0.23
290
220
150
260
0.42
160
120
80
200
0.65
100
80
50
170
0.94
70
50
40
150
1.27
50
40
30
130
1.66
40
30
20
110
2.11
30
20
20
100
2.60
30
20
NR
90
3.15
20
20
NR
90
3.74
20
NR
NR
80
4.39
20
NR
NR
70
5.10
NR
NR
NR
70
5.85
NR
NR
NR

Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
1,880
7,170
6,570
5,620
4,650
36
1,520
5,750
4,650
3,280
2,270
48
1,160
4,160
2,870
1,830
**
60
890
2,790
1,840
**
**
72
KL/r>200
1,940
**
**
**
84
KL/r>200
1,420
**
**
**
96
KL/r>200
**
**
**
**
108
KL/r>200
**
**
**
**
120
KL/r>200
**
**
**
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

This load table is based on a solid channel section.
For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follows:
PS-520-EH
PS-520-S
PS-520-H

15%
15%
10%

PS 520 – Crush Loads

9,000 Lbs.

6,000 Lbs.

4,000 Lbs.

Resistance to Slip – 1,500 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength –1,500 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

49

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 520 2T3 – Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 15⁄8" x 12 ga.)
1 5⁄8"
7
⁄8"

3

⁄8"

3

⁄8"

Y

.812"

9

⁄32"
X

5

1 ⁄8"

X
Y
.812"

12 Ga.

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
252

Area of
Section
(Inch2)
0.742

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

0.136

0.168

0.428

0.270

0.331

0.602

BEAM LOADING – PS 520 2T3
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
156
168
180

Y-Y Axis

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
1,410
0.06
1,410
1,410
1,410
940
0.14
940
940
660
700
0.25
700
560
370
560
0.39
480
360
240
470
0.57
330
250
170
400
0.77
240
180
120
350
1.01
190
140
90
310
1.28
150
110
70
280
1.58
120
90
60
260
1.91
100
70
50
230
2.27
80
60
40
220
2.67
70
50
40
200
3.10
60
50
nr
190
3.55
50
40
nr

COLUMN LOADING – PS 520 2T3
Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
3,690
15,910 15,350 14,340 13,190
36
3,360
14,470 13,190 11,310
9,370
48
2,960
12,560 10,640
8,090
5,800
60
2,550
10,500
8,110
5,360
3,720
72
2,150
8,420
5,820
3,720
**
84
1,810
6,480
4,280
2,740
**
96
1,540
4,960
3,270
**
**
108
KL/r>200
3,920
**
**
**
120
KL/r>200
3,170
**
**
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.

50

ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 560 – Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 13⁄16" x 16 ga.)

1 5⁄8"
7
⁄8"

3

⁄8"

3

⁄8"

1

⁄4"

13

⁄16"

.470"
1

16 Ga.
2

.343"

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis

Y-Y Axis

Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)

Area of
Section
(Inch2)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

81

0.239

0.023

0.048

0.308

0.091

0.112

0.617

■ PS 560 H - Channel with Holes

9

■ PS 560 EH – Channel with Elongated Holes

⁄16" Dia. Holes

9

⁄16" x 11⁄8" Dia. Holes

1 5⁄8"

1 5⁄8"
13

⁄16"

1 7⁄8"
5

⁄8"

(typ.)

Weight: 79 lbs./100 ft.

■

2"

Weight: 79 lbs./100 ft.

PS 560 S - Channel with Slots

13

⁄32" x 3" Slot

1 5⁄8"
1

⁄2"

4"

Weight: 79 lbs./100 ft.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

51

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

BEAM LOADING – PS 560
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120

COLUMN LOADING – PS 560

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
400
0.11
400
380
250
270
0.24
220
170
110
200
0.43
130
90
60
160
0.67
80
60
40
130
0.96
60
40
30
110
1.31
40
30
20
100
1.71
30
20
20
90
2.16
20
20
10
80
2.67
20
20
10

Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
1,420
4,480
4,000
3,320
2,640
36
1,110
3,410
2,640
1,760
1,220
48
810
2,320
1,540
990
690
60
600
1,500
990
630
**
72
470
1,040
690
**
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.
For Pierced Channels, reduce beam load values as follows:
PS-520-EH
PS-520-S
PS-520-H

15%
15%
10%

PS560 – Crush Loads

3,500 Lbs.

2,200 Lbs.

1,700 Lbs.

Resistance to Slip – 1,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
Pull Out Strength – 1,000 lbs. per bolt when 1⁄2" PS NS channel nuts are used.
52

ENGINEERING CATALOG

CHANNEL
Finish: Plain, Painted Green, or Pregalvanized Order By: No., Length and Finish

■ PS 560 2T3 – Steel Channel (15⁄8" x 15⁄8" x 16 ga.)
3

⁄8"

1 5⁄8"
7
⁄8"

3

Y

⁄8"

.812"

9

⁄32"
X

5

1 ⁄8"

X
Y
.812"

16 Ga.

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis
Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)
163

Area of
Section
(Inch2)
0.478

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

0.101

0.125

0.460

0.182

0.224

0.617

BEAM LOADING – PS 560 2T3
Span
In
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120

Y-Y Axis

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
690 *
0.06
690 *
690 *
690 *
690 *
0.14
690 *
690 *
490
520
0.25
520
410
280
420
0.40
350
260
180
350
0.57
250
180
120
300
0.78
180
140
90
260
1.01
140
100
70
230
1.28
110
80
50
210
1.58
90
70
40

*Load limited by spot weld shear.

COLUMN LOADING – PS 560 2T3
Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load
Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height
at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
24
2660
10270
9950
9460
8800
36
2430
9540
8800
7710
6550
48
2160
8450
7320
5780
4320
60
1880
7230
5780
3990
2770
72
1600
5970
4320
2770
1920
84
1350
4760
3180
2030
**
96
1150
3680
2430
**
**
108
980
2910
1920
**
**
Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading.

For concentrated load at center of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply
corresponding deflection by 0.8.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

53

CHANNEL
■ PS 6153 - Strut Safety End Cap

■ PS 6152 – Decorative End Cap

(For OSHA Req'd End of Hand Rail)

Part No.
PS-6153-1
PS-6153-2
PS-6153-3
PS-6153-5

Use With
PS-100, PS200 2T3
PS-200,PS-210
PS-300
PS-500, PS-520, PS560

Wt./
100 pcs.
5.0
2.8
2.5
2.0

Finish: Electro-galvanized
Use With: PS-200, PS-210

Material: Red Colored PVC

Weight: 10 lbs./100 pcs.

■ PS 3792 - Power Wrap™

■ PS 9050 – Green Touch-up Spray Paint

Material: EPDM
Stock Thickness: 1⁄8"
Stock Length: 25 ft./box
Service Temp: -70° to 350°F

Aerosol can may be subject to
shipping restrictions

Weight: 253 lbs./100 boxes

Weight: 253 lbs./100 boxes

■ Maximum Allowable Pull-Out and Slip Loads
Channel Nut
Size-Thread
3
⁄4"-10
5
⁄8"-11
1
⁄2"-13
7
⁄16"-14
3
⁄8"-16
5
⁄16"-18
1
⁄4"-20
1
⁄2"-13
3
⁄8"-16
5
⁄16"-18
1
⁄4"-20

Allowable
Gauge
Pull-Out
Resistance
Channel Strength (Lbs.) to Slip (Lbs.)
2,500
1,700
12 Gauge
2,500
1,500
PS 100
2,000
1,500
PS 150
1,400
1,000
PS 200
1,000
800
PS 300
800
500
600
300
12 Gauge
1,500
1,500
PS 400
1,000
800
PS 520
800
500
600
300

Torque
Ft.-Lbs.
*125
*100
50
35
19
11
6
50
19
11
6

Channel Nut
Size-Thread
1
⁄2"-13
3
⁄8"-16
5
⁄16"-18
1
⁄4"-20
1
⁄2"-13
3
⁄8"-16
5
⁄16"-18
1
⁄4"-20

Allowable
Gauge
Pull-Out
Resistance
Channel Strength (Lbs.) to Slip (Lbs.)
14 Gauge
1,400
1,000
PS 210
1,000
750
PS 520
800
400
600
300
16 Gauge
1,000
1,000
PS 560
1,000
750
800
400
600
300

Torque
Ft.-Lbs.
50
19
11
6
50
19
11
6

* May require 3⁄8" or 1⁄2 thick fitting.
Nut design loads include a minimum safety factor of 3.
Note: Refer to the Channel Nut Selection Chart on page 56 for the part number

54

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FASTENERS
Power-Strut Clamping Nuts are cold
formed, with two grooves, each with
six sharp teeth and then case
hardened. These sharp hardened teeth
bite into the inturned edges of the
Power-Strut channel forming a strong
vise-like connection giving greater
strength and resistance to slippage.

■ MATERIAL:
Channel clamping nuts meet ASTM A576 GR1015M, and are case
hardened. Hex head bolts meet SAE J429 GR 2 and ASTM A307.
Square and hex nuts meet ASTM A563 GR A.

■ SCREW THREADS DATA:
All Power-Strut nuts and bolts are manufactured to meet the Unified
Screw Threads standard, ANSI B1.1, Coarse Series UNC, class 2.
Continuous Threaded Rod: Meets ASTM A-510.

■ STANDARD FINISH:
All fasteners have an electro-galvanized finish.

■ RECOMMENDED TORQUE:
Bolt Size
Foot Pounds

ENGINEERING CATALOG

1

⁄4"–20
6

5

⁄16"–18
11

3

⁄8"–16
19

1

⁄2"–13
50

55

FASTENERS
■

Channel Nut Selection Chart

NUTS

CHANNEL

✓
*
56

PS LS

PS SS

PS RS

PS NS

PS NS S

PS 517

PS TG

PS 3281

PS100

✓

✓

✓ ✓

PS 150

✓

✓

✓ ✓

PS 3500

PS 200

✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

PS 210

✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

PS 300

✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

PS 400

✓

✓ ✓

✓ ✓

PS 500

✓

✓* ✓

✓ ✓

PS 520

✓

✓* ✓

✓ ✓

PS 560

✓

✓* ✓

✓ ✓

Indicates Nuts To Be Used With The Channel
3

⁄8" or smaller
ENGINEERING CATALOG

FASTENERS
Finish: Electro-galvanized

■

PS 6024 – Hex Head Cap Screw
Size
⁄4 x 3⁄4"
1
⁄4 x 1"
1
⁄4 x 11⁄4"
1
⁄4 x 11⁄2"
3
⁄8 x 3⁄4"
3
⁄8 x 1"
3
⁄8 x 11⁄4"
3
⁄8 x 11⁄2"
3
⁄8 x 2"
1
⁄2 x 3⁄4"
1
⁄2 x 1"
1
⁄2 x 11⁄4"
1
⁄2 x 11⁄2"
1
⁄2 x 13⁄4"
1
⁄2 x 2"
1

■

Wt./100 pcs
1.5
1.8
2.1
2.4
3.6
4.2
4.9
5.6
7.2
8.1
9.2
10.4
11.6
13.0
14.4

■

Order By: No. and Size and Finish

PS 83 – Hexagon Nut

Size
1
⁄4"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"

■

PS 6108 – Square Nut

Size
1
⁄4"
5
⁄16"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"

PS 6075 – Slotted Hex Head Machine Screw

Size
Wt./100 pcs
⁄4 x 3⁄4"
1.7
5
⁄16 x 1"
2.6
5
⁄16 x 11⁄4"
3.0
5
⁄16 x 11⁄2"
3.4
3
⁄8 x 11⁄4"
5.3

Wt./100 pcs
0.7
1.6
3.8
7.3
11.9

Wt./100 pcs
.9
1.6
2.6
5.8

1

■

■

PS 209 – Flat Washer

Size
1
⁄4"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"

PS 6072 – Round Head Machine Screw
Size
Wt./100 pcs
3
⁄4 x ⁄4"
1.3
1
⁄4 x 1"
1.6
1
⁄4 x 11⁄4"
1.9
3
⁄8 x 1"
4.4
3
⁄8 x 11⁄4"
5.0
3
⁄8 x 11⁄2"
5.6

Outside
Diameter Wt./ 100 pcs
3
⁄4"
0.7
1"
1.5
3
1 ⁄8"
3.9
13⁄4"
7.7
2"
11

1

■

PS 6112 - Oversize Square Nut

1

1 ⁄4"

ENGINEERING CATALOG

Size
⁄4"-20
3
⁄8"-16
1
⁄2"-13
5
⁄8"-11
3
⁄4"-16
7
⁄8"-11
1

Wt./100 pcs
13
14
14
12
11
10

57

FASTENERS
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: No. and Size and Finish

■

■

PS 230 – Fender Washer

Size
1
⁄4"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"

■

PS 211 – Lock Washer

Wt./100 pcs
3.3
3
2.8

PS 3500 3⁄8" - 5⁄8" – Seismic Rod Stiffener

Part No.
PS 3500 3⁄8"–5⁄8"

Size
1
⁄4"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"

■

Wt./ 100 pcs
0.3
0.7
1.5

PS 146 – Continuous Thread Rod

Wt./100 pcs
16
Wt./100 pcs.
Max Load
6'
10'
Rod Size Lbs.
Lengths Lengths
1
⁄4"
240
73
121
3
⁄8"
610
175
292
1
⁄2"
1,130
319
531
5
⁄8"
1,810
504
840
3
⁄4"
2,710
740
1,234
Finish: Plain or Electro-galvanized
Standard Length: 6' or 10'; Other lengths available

■

PS 6064 – Square Head Cone Point Set Screw

Size
3
⁄8 x 11⁄2"
3
⁄8 x 2"
1
⁄2 x 11⁄2"
1
⁄2 x 2"

Wt./100 pcs
4.5
6.1
8.5
11.4

■

PS 135 – Rod Coupling
Rod Max Load
Size
lbs. Wt./ 100 pcs.
1
⁄4"
240
2
3
⁄8"
610
9
1
⁄2"
1,130
10
5
⁄8"
1,810
18
3
⁄4"
2,710
28

Hanger rod stiffener assembly for 3⁄8" thru 5⁄8" threaded rod.
58

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FASTENERS
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: No. and Size and Finish

■

PS LS – Clamping Nut with Long Spring

Size
1
⁄4"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"

Threads Wt./100 pcs
20
7.5
16
10.2
13
12.3
11
15.8
10
14.1

Use With: PS 100 and PS 150 Channel.

Threads
32
24
32
20
18
16
13*
11*
10*

PS RS – Clamping Nut with Long Spring
Size
#10-24
#10-32
1
⁄4"
5
⁄16"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"

Threads Wt./100 pcs
24
7.2
32
7.2
20
7.1
18
7.0
16
9.9
13
11.9

Size
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"
7
⁄8"

Threads Wt./100 pcs
11
15.5
10
13.8
9
14.3

Use With: PS 200, PS 210 and PS 300 Channel.

PS SS – Clamping Nut with Short Spring
Size
#8-32
#10-24
#10-32
1
⁄4"
5
⁄16"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"

■

■

PS 517 – Channel Nut with Stud
Size
Wt./100 pcs
⁄4" x 1"
8.1
1
⁄4" x 11⁄4"
8.3
1
⁄4" x 11⁄2"
8.6
1
⁄4" x 2"
9.1
3
⁄8" x 1"
13.0
3
⁄8" x 11⁄4"
14.0
3
⁄8" x 11⁄2"
14.0
3
⁄8" x 2"
15.0
1
⁄2" x 1"
15.0
1
⁄2" x 11⁄4"
16.0
1
⁄2" x 11⁄2"
17.0
1
⁄2" x 2"
19.0

Wt./100 pcs
7.0
7.0
7.0
6.9
6.7
9.6
8.8
11.5
10.0

1

Use With: PS 400, PS 500 and PS 520 channel.
*PS SS 1⁄2" and PS SS 5⁄8" nuts have 3⁄8" body thickness.

■

PS NS – Clamping Nut without Spring
Size Threads
#8-32
32*
#10-32
32*
#10-24
24*
1
⁄4"
20*
5
⁄16"
18*
3
⁄8"
16*
1
⁄2"
13
Size Threads
5
⁄8"
11
3
⁄4"
10
7
⁄8"
9

Wt./100 pcs
8.0
6.6
6.7
6.6
6.4
9.3
11.4

■

PS NS S – Shallow Clamping Nut without Spring

Size
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"

Threads
13
11
10

Wt./100 pcs
6.9
9.7
8.4

Wt./100 pcs
15.2
13.0
14.0

Use With: PS 100, PS 150, PS 200, PS 210 and PS 300 channel.
*Can be used with PS 400, PS 500, PS 520 and PS 560 channel.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

Use With: PS 200, PS 210 and PS 300 channel.

Use With: PS 500 and PS 520 channel.
59

FASTENERS
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: No. and Size and Finish

■

■

PS TG – Top Grip™ Nut

Part No. Size
1
PSTG 1⁄4
⁄4"
3
3
PSTG ⁄8
⁄8"
PSTG 1⁄2* 1⁄2"

Threads
20
16
13

Wt./100 pcs
7
10
8

Use With: All 15⁄8" Channel.
*PS TG 1⁄2" nut has a 3⁄8" body thickness

■

PS 3281 – Double Conveyor Adjusting Nut

Size
3
⁄8"

Wt./100 pcs
17.5

Use With: All 15⁄8" channel.

■

PS 202 – Eyelet

Threads
16

PS 205 – Eyelet with Stud

A

A
1"

Rod Size
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"

■

A
13⁄4"
13⁄4"

Stock
Dia.
3
⁄8"
3
⁄8"

Max. Load
Wt./
lbs.
100 pcs
610
15
610
18

PS 204 – Linked Eyelets

Rod Size
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"

■

Max. Load
Wt./
A
Stock Dia.
lbs.
100 pcs
3
113⁄16"
⁄8"
610
16
3
13⁄4"
⁄8"
610
20

PS 203 – Linked Eyelet with Stud
A

A
A

A

Rod Size
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"

60

A
17⁄16"
13⁄8"

1"

Stock Dia.
3
⁄8"
3
⁄8"

Max. Load
Wt./
lbs.
100 pcs
610
23
610
32

Rod Size
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"

A
7
1 ⁄16"
13⁄8"

Stock Dia.
3
⁄8"
3
⁄8"

Max. Load
Wt./
lbs.
100 pcs
610
27
610
45

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FITTINGS
Power–Strut has a wide variety of
fittings to meet all of your application
requirements

■ MATERIAL:
All Power-Strut fittings are formed in punch press dies from mild, pickled
and oiled, bar or strip steel. Plain or electro-galvanized fittings meet the
requirements for ASTM A575 and A-576, or ASTM A-36.

■ STANDARD DIMENSIONS:
Standard dimensions on all fittings are as follows except where
otherwise indicated:
Fitting Thickness:
Fitting Width:
Hole Diameter:
Hole Spacing:

1
⁄4"
15⁄8"
9
⁄16"
17⁄8" on centers and 13⁄16" from ends.

■ STANDARD FINISH:
All Power-Strut fittings are available in painted green or electrogalvanized finish.

■ ORDERING INFORMATION:
When ordering, add the length or size and finish to the part number.
See pages 8-10 for finish abbreviations and an example.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

61

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

■

PS 619 – Square Washer
1 5 ⁄8 "

1 5 ⁄8 "

Rod Size
1
⁄4"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"

Hole Size Wt./ 100 pcs
11
⁄32"
18
7
⁄16"
18
9
⁄16"
17
11
⁄16"
16
13
⁄16"
15

Rod Size Hole Size Wt./ 100 pcs
1
11
⁄4"
⁄32"
18
3
7
⁄8"
⁄16"
18
1
9
⁄2"
⁄16"
17

Note: Indicate rod size when ordering.
For example, PS 619 1⁄2.

■

PS 2504 – Guided Square Washer

Note: Indicate rod size when ordering.
For example, PS 2504 1⁄2.

PS 601 – Two-Hole Splice Plate

■

PS 602 – Three-Hole Splice Plate

31⁄2"

53⁄8"

Weight/100 pcs: 38 lbs.

■

PS 618 – Two-Hole Swivel Plate

51⁄4"

Weight/100 pcs: 50 lbs.

■

PS 617 – Three-Hole Swivel Plate

71⁄8"

35⁄8"

35⁄8"

Weight/100 pcs: 55 lbs.
62

Weight/100 pcs: 75 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

PS 888 – Four-Hole Splice plate

■

PS 889 – Five-Hole Splice Plate

91⁄8"
71⁄4"

Weight/100 pcs: 78 lbs.

■

Weight/100 pcs: 94 lbs.

■

PS 718 – Flat Angle Plate

PS 719 – Flat Angle Plate

31⁄2"

53⁄8"

31⁄2"

31⁄2"

Weight/100 pcs: 58 lbs.

■

PS 620 – Two-Hole Connecting Plate

Weight/100 pcs: 80 lbs.

■

PS 621 – Four-Hole Connecting Plate

3 1 ⁄2 "

15⁄8"

3 1 ⁄4 "
1 5 ⁄8 "

31⁄4"

Weight/100 pcs: 35 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

Weight/100 pcs: 73 lbs.
63

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

■

PS 714 – Tee Plate

53⁄8"

PS 712 – Cross Plate

5 3⁄8"

5 3⁄8"
1

3 ⁄2"

Weight/100 pcs: 80 lbs.

■

PS 744 – Flat Corner Connector

Weight/100 pcs: 105 lbs.

■

31⁄2"

PS 750 – Four-Hole Corner Connector

53⁄8"

31⁄2"

31⁄2"

Weight/100 pcs: 70 lbs.

■

PS 2190 – Flat Corner Connector

Weight/100 pcs: 105 lbs.

■

PS 925 – Three-Hole Joint Connector

5 3 ⁄8 "
3 1 ⁄2 "
5 3 ⁄8 "

3 1 ⁄2 "

Weight/100 pcs: 150 lbs.
64

Weight/100 pcs: 70 lbs.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

PS 747 – Symmetrical Four-Hole Connector

■

PS 854 – Flat Connector

53⁄8"

53⁄8"

53⁄8"

31⁄2"

Weight/100 pcs: 105 lbs.

■

PS 2112 – Cross Connector

Weight/100 pcs: 148 lbs.

■

PS 822 – Double 45° Connector

91⁄8"
41⁄2"
27⁄8"

15⁄8"

53⁄8"

Weight/100 pcs: 240 lbs.

■

Weight/100 pcs: 112 lbs.

■

PS 921 – One-Hole Angle

PS 603 – Two-Hole End Angle

A
2"

17⁄8"

A
37⁄8"
57⁄8"
77⁄8"
97⁄8"

Wt./100 pcs
61
84
107
130

ENGINEERING CATALOG

17⁄8"

Weight/100 pcs: 38 lbs.
65

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

PS 604 – Two-Hole Corner Angle

■

PS 2144 – Corner Angle

A

15⁄8"
17⁄8"

21⁄4"

A
3"
31⁄2"
4"

Weight/100 pcs: 38 lbs.

■

PS 763 – Slotted Adjustment Angle

■

Wt./100 pcs
49
54
61

PS 764 – Slotted Adjustment Angle

47⁄8"

21⁄2"

6 7 ⁄ 8"
2 1⁄ 2"

21⁄2"

4 1⁄2 "

17⁄8"
1 7⁄ 8"

Weight/100 pcs: 65 lbs.

■

PS 806 – Self-Aligning Two-Hole Angle

Weight/100 pcs: 85 lbs.

■

PS 2520 – Slotted 90˚ Angle

2"

2 5 ⁄8 "
11 ⁄2 "

21⁄8"
21⁄8"

15⁄16"

Weight/100 pcs: 40 lbs.
66

Weight/100 pcs: 42 lbs.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

PS 2545 – Slotted 90˚ Angle

1 5 ⁄8 "

■

PS 605 – Three-Hole Corner Angle

2 5 ⁄8 "

31⁄2"

1 1 ⁄2 "

21⁄4"

15⁄16"

Weight/100 pcs: 38 lbs.

■

PS 606 – Three-Hole Corner Angle

Weight/100 pcs: 58 lbs.

■

PS 745 – Three-Hole Corner Angle

1 5 ⁄8 "

4 1 ⁄8 "

17⁄8"

17⁄16"

37⁄8"

Weight/100 pcs: 58 lbs.

■

PS 3049 – Two-Hole Slotted 90˚ Angle

Weight/100 pcs: 58 lbs.

■

PS 607 – Four-Hole Corner Angle

31⁄2"
2 5 ⁄8 "

3 7 ⁄8 "

1 1 ⁄2 "

41⁄8"
17⁄16"

15⁄16"

Weight/100 pcs: 66 lbs.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

Weight/100 pcs: 78 lbs.
67

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

■

PS 660 – Four-Hole Corner Angle

PS 3373 – Universal Corner Connector

313⁄16"

4"
13

⁄16"

19⁄16"

4"

3 7 ⁄8 "
1 1 ⁄2 "

7

⁄8"

Weight/100 pcs: 78 lbs.

■

Weight/100 pcs: 134 lbs.

PS 614 – Four-Hole Joint Angle Connector

■

PS 615 – Five-Hole Joint Angle Connector

31⁄2"
3 1 ⁄2 "

3 1 ⁄2 "
41⁄8"

2 1 ⁄4 "

Weight/100 pcs: 103 lbs.

■

PS 720 R

31⁄2"

OR

Weight/100 pcs: 135 lbs.

L – Angle Plate Connector

17⁄8"
5

1 ⁄8"

31⁄4"

■

PS 716 R

OR

L – Angle Tee Plate

31⁄2"

2"

31⁄2"

NOTE: Specify R (Right) or L (Left)
Right Hand Illustrated

Weight/100 pcs: 55 lbs.
68

2"

NOTE: Specify R (Right) or L (Left)
Right Hand Illustrated

Weight/100 pcs: 80 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

■

PS 713 – Cross Plate Angle

PS 715 – Tee Plate 90˚ Angle

2"

2"
1

3 ⁄2"

15⁄8"
53⁄8"

47⁄8"

Weight/100 pcs: 105 lbs.

■

PS 927 – Five-Hole Corner Connector

Weight/100 pcs: 71 lbs.

■

PS 689A, PS 689B – Double-Slotted
Corner Connector

1 5 ⁄8 "
5 3 ⁄8 "
4 1 ⁄8 "
17⁄16"

33⁄4"
B

17⁄8"

Part No.
PS 689 A
PS 689 B

A

11⁄2"

A
65⁄8"
85⁄8"

B
4"
6"

Wt./100 pcs
190
242

Weight/100 pcs: 154 lbs.

■

PS 752 R

OR

L – Four-Hole Corner Connector
41⁄8"

■

PS 622 – Four-Hole Corner Connector
3 1⁄ 4"

15⁄8"

15⁄8"

7

1 ⁄16"

21⁄4"

31⁄2"
15⁄8"

NOTE: Specify R (Right) or L (Left)
Right Hand Illustrated

Weight/100 pcs: 105 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

Weight/100 pcs: 75 lbs.
69

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

PS 2007 R

OR

L – Six-Hole Corner Connector

31⁄2"

■

PS 3326 R OR L– Six-Hole Gussetted Corner
Connector

31⁄2"

53⁄8"

53⁄8"

13

13

⁄16"

⁄16"

1

1

4 ⁄8"

4 ⁄8"

7

7

1 ⁄16"

1 ⁄16"
Continuous
Weld

NOTE: Specify R (Right) or L (Left)
Right Hand Illustrated

NOTE: Specify R (Right) or L (Left)
Right Hand Illustrated

Weight/100 pcs: 160 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 230 lbs.

■ PS 746 – Three-Hole Corner Joint Connector

■

PS 748 – Four-Hole Corner Joint Connector

15⁄8"

15⁄8"

31⁄2"

31⁄2"
21⁄4"

41⁄8"

Weight/100 pcs: 70 lbs.

■

Weight/100 pcs: 105 lbs.

PS 633 – Two-Hole Open Angle Connector

11⁄16"

A

11⁄16"
B

C

"A"
Degree
821⁄2°
75°
671⁄2°
60°
521⁄2°
45°
371⁄2°
30°
221⁄2°
15°
71⁄2°

Weight/100 pcs: 58 lbs.
70

"B"
In.
39⁄16
39⁄16
31⁄2
33⁄8
31⁄4
3
211⁄16
31⁄4
35⁄16
35⁄16
35⁄16

"C"
In.
111⁄16
111⁄16
13⁄4
17⁄8
21⁄16
25⁄16
25⁄8
21⁄16
21⁄16
21⁄16
21⁄16

■

PS 624 – Two-Hole Closed Angle Connector

B
A

21⁄2"

"B"
In.
3"
31⁄8"
31⁄16"
31⁄8"
31⁄8"
33⁄16"
33⁄16"

"A"
Angle
371⁄2°
45°
521⁄2°
60°
671⁄2°
75°
821⁄2°

Weight/100 pcs: 58 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

PS 781 – Four-Hole Open Angle Connector
"A"
Angle
71⁄2°
15°
221⁄2°
30°
371⁄2°
45°
521⁄2°
60°
671⁄2°
75°
821⁄2°

A
B

31⁄2"

"B"
In.
33⁄4"
33⁄4"
33⁄4"
311⁄16"
311⁄16"
311⁄16"
311⁄16"
311⁄16"
35⁄8"
35⁄8"
35⁄8"

■

PS 793 – Four-Hole Closed Angle Connector

43⁄8"
A

B

Weight/100 pcs: 78 lbs.

■

"A"
Angle
371⁄2°45°521⁄2°60° 671⁄2°
75°
821⁄2°

Weight/100 pcs: 100 lbs.

PS 2113 – Slotted Corner Connector

■

PS 9400 – Adjustable Brace

⁄ "

13 16

2 1 ⁄4 "

57⁄8"

3 1 ⁄2 "

⁄

1

⁄2 "

30°

⁄2 "

2 1 ⁄2 "

11⁄16"

3 1 ⁄2 "

Weight/100 pcs: 97 lbs.

■

17⁄8"

17⁄8"

13 16"

1

"B"
In.
7
4 ⁄8"
415/16"
415/16"
5"
51/16"
51/16"
51/16"

33⁄4"
53⁄8"

13⁄16"

Weight/100 pcs: 307 lbs.

PS 9401 – Double Adjustable Brace

13

⁄16"
17⁄8"

7

1 ⁄8"
13

⁄16"

30°
57⁄8"
1

1 ⁄16"
13

⁄16"

23⁄8"
4"

Weight/100 pcs: 497 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

71

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

PS 9402 – Two-Hole Hinge Connector

■

B

B

"B"
Bolt Size
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"

6"

■

PS 9403 – Three-Hole Hinge Connector

Wt./
100 pcs
90
88
86

"B"
Bolt Size
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"

77⁄8"

Wt./
100 pcs
108
107
106

Hinge Connector Auto-Alignment Guides -

PS 9404 – Four-Hole Hinge Connector

The unique edges of the two hinges have been
designed to provide an alignment guide for 0°, 45° and 90° as shown in the
drawings below.
This eliminates the need for measuring gages.

1

⁄2" Bolt Size
45°
Alignment

Alignment

93⁄4"
Alignment

Part No.
PS 9404-1⁄2"

90°

Wt./100 pcs
126

Alignment

• Each half of the hinge is formed and welded for maximum strength.
• Hinged with Grade 5 bolt for superior strength.
• The nylon insert locknut prevents loosening of the hinge.

■

PS 2054 – Corner Connector
31⁄2"

17⁄8"

31⁄2"

■

PS 926 – Strut Brace
1 7⁄8"

A Size Wt./100 pcs
12"
160
18"
218
24"
280

17⁄8"
A

1 7 ⁄ 8"

Weight/100 pcs: 66 lbs.
Use With: PS 200, PS 210

72

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FITTINGS
■

PS 810 – Diagonal Tube Brace

17

⁄32" Dia. Hole

A Size
3'–0"
3'–6"
4'–0"

1"

1 17⁄32"

A

Wt./100 pcs
205
237
270

1 5⁄8"

13

⁄16"
Note: 30° to 60° angle between the brace
and channel is recommended for maximum effect.
Material: 1" dia. electric welded tubing
Stock Thickness: (.075) 14 ga.

■

PS 812 – 45˚ Diagonal Tube Brace
13

⁄16"

A
45°

1 5⁄8"
1 17 32 "
1"

17

32

" Dia Hole

A Size Wt./100 pcs
12"
88
18"
116
24"
149
30"
181
36"
214

Material: 1" dia. electric welded tubing
Stock Thickness: (.075) 14 ga.

■

■

PS 756 – Zee Support

PS 2601 – Zee Support

27⁄16"

11⁄16"

31⁄4"
33⁄4"

17⁄8"

Use With: PS 100, PS 200 2T3, PS 210 2T3

Weight/100 pcs: 70 lbs.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

Use With: PS 150

Weight/100 pcs: 70 lbs.

73

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

■

PS 611 – Zee Support

PS 711 – Zee Support

13⁄8"

11⁄16"

15⁄8"
11⁄16"

33⁄4"

21⁄8"

Use With: PS 200, PS 210

Use With: PS 300

Weight/100 pcs: 53 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 55 lbs.

■

■

PS 612 – Zee Support

PS 928 – Zee Support

1"
13

11⁄16"

31⁄2"

3 3 ⁄4 "

Use With: PS 400

Use With: PS 500, PS 520 and PS 560

Weight/100 pcs: 47 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 47 lbs.

■

⁄16"

PS 609 – Two-Hole Offset Plate Connector

1

Splice

■

PS 647 – 17⁄8" Offset Zee Connector

⁄4"

Offset

15⁄8"

3 15 32 "

15⁄8"

Use With: PS 200, PS 210

Weight/100 pcs: 38 lbs.
74

Weight/100 pcs: 55 lbs.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

PS 692 – 15⁄8" Offset Zee Connector

■

PS 2532 – Shelf Attachment Zee

2 1⁄2"
13

⁄16"

9

⁄32" Hole
⁄8" Thick

1 7 ⁄8 "

1

3 1⁄2"

3 7⁄8"

Stock Thickness: 1⁄8"
Use With: PS 200, PS 210

Weight/100 pcs: 102 lbs.

■

Weight/100 pcs: 9 lbs.

■

PS 3060 – Offset Connector

PS 679 – "U" Support
53⁄8"

15⁄8"

31⁄4"

121⁄32"

A
4"
5"
6"
7"
8"

A

Wt./100 pcs
81
92
104
115
127
Use With: PS 100, PS 200 2T3, PS 210 2T3

■

■

PS 2648 – "U" Support

PS 613 – "U" Support

5 3 ⁄8 "

53⁄8"

27⁄16"
121⁄32"

1 5 ⁄8 "
121⁄32"

PS 150

Use With: PS 150

Use With: PS 200, PS 210

Weight/100 pcs: 108 lbs.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

Weight/100 pcs: 88 lbs.

75

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

■

PS 2119 – "U" Support

PS 687A, PS 687B & PS 687C –
Slotted "U" Support
A

53⁄8"

15⁄8"

17⁄8"
121⁄32"

11⁄2"
B

Use With: PS 200, PS 210

Order
No.
PS 687A
PS 687B
PS 687C

Use With: PS 200, PS 210

Weight/100 pcs: 95 lbs.

■

■

PS 710 – "U" Support

‘A’
Length
71⁄4"
81⁄2"
103⁄8"

Wt./
100 pcs
105
120
130

PS 978 – "U" Support

53⁄8"

513⁄16"
3

1 ⁄8"

1"

121⁄32"

121⁄32"

Use With: PS 300

Use With: PS 400

Weight/100 pcs: 84 lbs.

■

‘B’
Length
41⁄8"
53⁄8"
71⁄4"

Weight/100 pcs: 71 lbs.

■

PS 929 – "U" Support

PS 721 – "U" Support

53⁄8"

7"

15⁄8"

39⁄32"

21

1 ⁄32"
13

⁄16"

1 5⁄ 8"

Use With: PS 500, PS 520 and PS 560

Weight/100 pcs: 71 lbs.
76

Use With: PS 100, PS 200 2T3, PS 210 2T3

Weight/100 pcs: 105 lbs.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

PS 677 – Cup Support for Standard Single Strut

■

PS 678 – Three-Hole "U" Support

47⁄8"
1

4 ⁄32"

17⁄8"

15⁄64"

17⁄8"

Use With: PS 200, PS 210

Use With: PS 150 2T3

Weight/100 pcs: 76 lbs.

■

Weight/100 pcs: 197 lbs.

PS 733 – Six-Hole "U" Support

■

PS 734 – Eight-Hole "U" Support

31⁄2"

31⁄2"

17⁄8"
17⁄8"

39⁄32"

121⁄32"
7"

53⁄8"

Use With: PS 200 2T3

Use With: PS 200, PS 210

Weight/100 pcs: 171 lbs.

■

PS 735 – Eight-Hole "U" Support

Weight/100 pcs: 209 lbs.

■

PS 709 – Three-Hole Offset Plate Connection

3 1 ⁄2 "

1

⁄4" Plate

1

⁄4" Offset

3 1 ⁄ 2"

5 3 ⁄8 "

121⁄32"

55⁄16"

Use With: PS 200 2T3

Weight/100 pcs: 257 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

Weight/100 pcs: 58 lbs.
77

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

■

PS 644 – Two-Hole Splice Clevis

PS 631 – Two-Hole Splice Clevis

31⁄2"
31⁄2"

Use With: PS 500, PS 520 and PS 560

Use With: PS 200, PS 210

Weight/100 pcs: 85 lbs.

■

Weight/100 pcs: 128 lbs.

PS 645 – Three-Hole Splice Clevis

■

PS 629 – Three-Hole Splice Clevis

53⁄8"

53⁄8"

Use With: PS 500, PS 520 and PS 560

Use With: PS 200 and PS 210

Weight/100 pcs: 130 lbs.

■

Weight/100 pcs: 197 lbs.

PS 616, PS 646 – Four-Hole Splice Clevis

■

PS 623 – Saddle Washer

A

71⁄4"

Part No.
PS 616
PS 646
PS 616-100
PS 616-150
78

A
1 ⁄16"
13
⁄16"
33⁄16"
23⁄8"
9

For Use With
PS 200, PS 210
PS 500, PS 560
PS 100
PS 150

Wt./100 pcs
265
176
390
390

Bolt Size Wt./100 pcs
1
⁄4"
14
3
⁄8"
14
1
⁄2"
13
5
⁄7"
13
3
⁄4"
13

Weight/100 pcs: 265 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

PS 804 – Slotted Joiner

■

PS 704 – Slotted Joiner
8"

8"

Stock Thickness: (.105)

Stock Thickness: (.105)

Use With: PS 400S, PS 500S, PS 520S and PS 560S

Use With: PS 200S, PS 210S

NOTE: Order PS 6072 screws & PS 6108 nuts separately.

NOTE: Order PS 6072 screws & PS 6108 nuts separately.

Weight/100 pcs: 80 lbs.

■

PS 1004 – Slotted Joiner

Weight/100 pcs: 197 lbs.

■

PS 993 – Inside Clevis Hanger

8"

17⁄8"

A Size
4"
5"
6"
7"
8"

A

Stock Thickness: (.105)
Use With: PS 150S
NOTE: Order PS 6072 screws &
PS 6108 nuts separately.

Wt./100 pcs
78
89
101
112
124

Weight/100 pcs: 140 lbs.

■

PS 922 R OR L – Two-Hole Corner Connector

■

PS 2117 R OR L – Wrap-Around Corner
Connector
1 7 ⁄8 "

17⁄8"

111⁄16"

2"

15⁄8"

NOTE: Specify R (Right) or L (Left)
Right Hand Illustrated

Weight/100 pcs: 60 lbs.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

121⁄32"

1 5 ⁄8 "

NOTE: Specify R (Right) or L (Left)
Right Hand Illustrated

Weight/100 pcs: 75 lbs.
79

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

PS 2128 R OR L – Four-Hole Corner Connector

■

PS 2129 R
Connector

OR

L – Single Corner Gussetted

33⁄4"

3 3 ⁄4 "

37⁄8"

3 1 ⁄2 "

NOTE:

NOTE:

Specify R (Right) or L (Left)
Right Hand Illustrated

Specify R (Right) or L (Left)
Right Hand Illustrated

Weight/100 pcs: 176 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 119 lbs.

■

PS 665 – Four-Hole Double Corner Connector

■

PS 666 – Six-Hole Double Corner Connector
1 7 ⁄8 "

17⁄8"

3 7 ⁄8 "

2"

Weight/100 pcs: 76 lbs.

■

PS 667 – Eight-Hole Double Corner Connector

Weight/100 pcs: 115 lbs.

■

PS 943 – Eight-Hole Gussetted Double
Corner Connector

33⁄4"

37⁄8"

37⁄8"

Weight/100 pcs: 155 lbs.
80

33⁄4"

Weight/100 pcs: 217 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

PS 923 – Five-Hole Double Wing Connector

■

PS 821 – Eight-Hole Double Wing Connector

513⁄32"
13

5 ⁄32"

1 7 ⁄8 "

17⁄8"

37⁄8"

2"

15⁄8"

121⁄32"

1 5 ⁄8 "

121⁄32"

Weight/100 pcs: 93 lbs.

■

Weight/100 pcs: 150 lbs.

PS 913 – Ten-Hole Double Wing Connector

■

PS 945 – Ten-Hole Gussetted Double Wing
Connector
33⁄4"

33⁄4"

95⁄32"

95⁄32"

37⁄8"

37⁄8"

121⁄32"

15⁄8"

Weight/100 pcs: 193 lbs.

■

15⁄8"

121⁄32"

PS 668 – Six-Hole Triple Wing Connector

Weight/100 pcs: 274 lbs.

■

PS 670 – Nine-Hole Triple Wing Connector

513⁄32"
513⁄32"

17⁄8"
17⁄8"

37⁄8"

2"

121⁄32"

15⁄8"

Weight/100 pcs: 113 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

121⁄32"

15⁄8"

Weight/100 pcs: 177 lbs.
81

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

PS 669 – Twelve-Hole Triple Wing Connector

■

PS 2514 – Eight-Hole Gussetted Double
Corner Connector

33⁄4"
33⁄4"
53⁄8"

37⁄8"
33⁄4"

95⁄32"
15⁄8"

121⁄32"

Weight/100 pcs: 230 lbs.

■

Weight/100 pcs: 315 lbs.

■

PS 3013, PS 3013 SQ – Post Base

PS 3025, PS 3025 FL – Post Base

1 5 ⁄8 "
3 1 ⁄2 "
4"
4 Holes
3
⁄4" Dia.

7

7

⁄8"

⁄8 "

6"
7

3"

6"

2"

⁄8"
3"

6"

1"
6"

7

2"

⁄8"
3"

3"

3"

1"
6"

6"

(PS 3025)

(PS 3013 SQ)

(PS 3013)

Weight/100 pcs: 307 lbs.

■

1"

1"

3"

3"

3"

4 Holes
3
⁄4" Dia.

(PS 3025 FL)

Weight/100 pcs: 358 lbs.

■

PS 3033, PS 3033 SQ – Post Base

PS 3040 – Post Base

15⁄8"

31⁄2"

15⁄8"

31⁄2"
4 Holes
3
⁄4" Dia.

7

7

⁄8"

⁄8"

6"

4 Holes
7
⁄16" Dia.
4 Holes
3
⁄4" Dia.

7

3"

⁄8"

5

3"

6"

6"

3"

5"

⁄8"

5

⁄8"

5"

3"
7

⁄8"

3"

6"

6"

(PS 3033)

(PS 3033 SQ)

Weight/100 pcs: 373 lbs.
82

3"

3"

3"

Weight/100 pcs: 297 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

■

PS 3041 – Double-Column Post Base

PS 3029 – Double-Column Post Base
4 Holes
3
⁄4" Dia.

5

1 ⁄8"

6"
3"
6"
3"

115⁄16"

3"
111⁄16"

3 ⁄8 "

6"

Use With: PS 100, PS 200 2T3, and PS 210 2T3.

Use With: PS 100, PS 200 2T3, PS 210 2T3

Weight/100 pcs: 116 lbs

■

3"

1

Weight/100 pcs: 325 lbs.

■

PS 2064 – Double-Column Post Base

PS 3064 – Double-Column Post Base

2"

4 Holes
3
⁄4" Dia.

6"

3

⁄4"

3"

31⁄2"

6"

31⁄2"

3"

3

⁄4"

3"

3"

7"
4"

6"

Use With: PS 100, PS 200 2T2, PS 200 2T3,
PS 200 2T4 and PS 200 2T5

Use With: PS 100, PS 200 2T2, PS 200 2T3,
PS 200 2T4 and PS 200 2T5

Weight/100 pcs: 311 lbs.

■

Weight/100 pcs: 408 lbs.

■

PS 2521 – Two-Wheel Trolley
15⁄16"

Hole
9

⁄16" Dia.

PS 2522 – Four-Wheel Trolley

13⁄16"

3 Holes
9
⁄16" Dia.

313⁄32"
9

⁄32" 115⁄16"
13

⁄16"

13

⁄16"

5

⁄8"

⁄8"

1

⁄4"

5

15
13

⁄16"

15

⁄16"

⁄16"

1

1 ⁄4"

3 1 ⁄2 "

Material: Carbon Steel Wheels have stainless steel ball bearings

Material: Carbon Steel Wheels have stainless steel ball bearings

Finish: Electro-Galvanized

Finish: Electro-Galvanized

Use With: PS 200 Load Rating: 300 lbs.

Use With: PS 200 Load Rating: 600 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 46 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

Weight/100 pcs: 110 lbs.
83

FITTINGS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

PS 2528 – Trolley Beam Standard Support

■

PS 2528 - 1 – Trolley Beam Heavy Support
and Track Joiner

1 Hole
9
⁄16" Dia.

5

1 ⁄8 "

1 Hole
9
⁄16" Dia.

31⁄2"

33⁄4"

33⁄4"

2 Holes
7
⁄16" Dia.

2 Holes
7
⁄16" Dia.

1"

1"

Use With: PS 200, PS 210
Load Rating: 600 lbs.

Use With: PS 200, PS 210
Load Rating: 2,500 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 102 lbs.

■

Weight/100 pcs: 220 lbs.

PS 2524 – Two-Bearing Light Duty Trolley

■

PS 2525 – Four-Bearing Light Duty Trolley

9

⁄32" Dia. Hole

9

9

⁄16"x 9⁄32" Slots

⁄32" Dia. Hole

11⁄4"

3

1 ⁄16"
1"

3

⁄4"

11⁄4"
1"

121⁄32"

1"

11⁄4"
3
7

⁄16"

⁄16"

9

⁄32"

31⁄8"

13⁄16"

123⁄32"

9
1

Load Rating: 50 lbs.

7

⁄32"

⁄16"

Load Rating: 100 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 21 lbs.

84

⁄4"

Weight/100 pcs: 55 lbs.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

PIPE & CONDUIT CLAMPS
Power-Strut pipe, conduit and O.D.
tubing clamps are formed in punch
press dies in a wide selection of sizes to
meet every requirement.

MATERIAL:
Power-Strut pipe, conduit and O.D. tubing clamps are made on punch
press dies from hot rolled, pickled and oiled steel which conforms to the
ASTM A-1008, A-1011 SS, A-575 and A-576 standards. Select sizes of
O.D. tubing clamps are available in stainless steel or aluminum.

STANDARD FINISH:
All steel clamps are electro-galvanized. Select sizes of O.D. tubing clamps
are available in copper plated finish. PVC coatings are available upon
special request.

ORDERING INFORMATION:
When ordering, add the length or size and finish to the part number.
See pages 8-10 for finish abbreviations and an example.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

85

PIPE & CONDUIT CLAMPS
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: No. and Finish

■

PS 1000 – EMT Conduit Clamp
Design Load

■

PS 1300 – Universal Clamp for EMT,
IMC & GRC
Design Load

11⁄4"

11⁄4"

NOTE: For EMT larger than
2" use PS 1100

EMT
Size
1
⁄2"
3
⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"

■

Stock
Thickness
.060
.060
.075
.075
.105
.105

Hanging
Load
Rating/lbs.
400
400
600
600
800
800

Wt./
100 pcs
11
12
15
18
29
33

Nom
Size
1
⁄2"
3
⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"

Fits
Stock
O.D.
Thickness
.706-.840
.060
.922-1.050
.060
1.163-1.315 .060
1.510-1.660 .075
1.740-1.900 .075
2.197-2.375 .075

Hanging
Load
Rating/lbs.
250
400
400
400
500
500

Wt./
100 pcs
10
11
12
18
20
22

PS 1100, PS 1116, PS 1117 – Standard Pipe Clamp
(GRC, IMC and SCH 40/SCH 80 steel pipe)

Design Load

11⁄4"

Material and finish are specified as:
1100 ALM .. Alum. clamp, EG fasteners
1100 HDG .. HDG Clamp, Stainless Steel fasteners
1116 .......... Alum. clamp and fasteners
1117 .......... Alum. clamp, Stainless Steel fasteners
1100SS ...... Stainless Steel clamp and fasteners

86

Pipe
Size
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
3
⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
31⁄2"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"

Stock
Thickness
.060
.060
.075
.075
.075
.105
.105
.105
.105
.125
.125
.125
.135
.135
.135
.135

Hanging
Load
Rating/lbs.
400
400
600
600
600
800
800
800
800
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000

Wt./
100 pcs
10
11
15
17
19
29
34
40
47
62
67
80
102
130
143
174

ENGINEERING CATALOG

PIPE & CONDUIT CLAMPS
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: No. and Size

■

PS 1200 – O.D. Tubing Clamp
Design Load

11⁄4"

O.D.
Size
1
⁄4"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"
7
⁄8"
1"
1 1⁄8"
1 1⁄4"
1 3⁄8"
1 1⁄2"
1 5⁄8"
1 3⁄4"
1 7⁄8"
2"
2 1⁄8"
2 1⁄4"
2 3⁄8"
2 1⁄2"
2 5⁄8"
2 3⁄4"
2 7⁄8"
3"
3 1⁄8"
3 1⁄4"
3 3⁄8"
3 1⁄2"
3 5⁄8"
3 3⁄4"
3 7⁄8"
4"
4 1⁄8"
4 1⁄4"
4 3⁄8"
4 1⁄2"

Hanging
Stock
Load
Thickness Rating/lbs.
.060
400
.060
400
.060
400
.060
400
.060
400
.060
400
.075
600
.075
600
.075
600
.075
600
.075
600
.075
600
.105
800
.105
800
.105
800
.105
800
.105
800
.105
800
.105
800
.105
800
.105
800
.105
800
.105
800
.105
800
.105
800
.105
800
.105
800
.105
800
.105
800
.125
1,000
.125
1,000
.125
1,000
.125
1,000
.125
1,000
.125
1,000

Wt./
100 pcs
8
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
17
18
19
29
28
31
32
33
34
35
37
38
40
41
43
45
46
47
56
58
60
62
62
64
66
67

Other Finishes
Available
CPLT
CPLT
CPLT
CPLT
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS

CPLT
CPLT
CPLT

CPLT

CPLT

CPLT

CPLT

CPLT

O.D.
Size
45⁄8"
43⁄4"
47⁄8"
5"
51⁄8"
51⁄4"
53⁄8"
51⁄2"
55⁄8"
53⁄4"
57⁄8"
6"
61⁄8"
61⁄4"
63⁄8"
61⁄2"
65⁄8"
63⁄4"
67⁄8"
7"
71⁄8"
71⁄4"
73⁄8"
71⁄2"
75⁄8"
73⁄4"
77⁄8"
8"
81⁄8"
81⁄4"
83⁄8"
81⁄2"
85⁄8"

Hanging
Load
Wt./
Rating/lbs. 100 pcs
1,000
70
1,000
72
1,000
73
1,000
74
1,000
76
1,000
77
1,000
78
1,000
79
1,000
88
1,000
90
1,000
92
1,000
94
1,000
96
1,000
98
1,000
99
1,000
100
1,000
102
1,000
104
1,000
106
1,000
108
1,000
110
1,000
112
1,000
114
1,000
116
1,000
117
1,000
119
1,000
121
1,000
123
1,000
125
1,000
126
1,000
128
1,000
129
1,000
130

Please contact factory for sizes not shown.
NOTE:

ENGINEERING CATALOG

Stock
Thickness
.125
.125
.125
.125
.125
.125
.125
.125
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135
.135

SS - Stainless Steel
CPLT - Copper Plated
87

PIPE & CONDUIT CLAMPS
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: No. and Finish

■

PS 3138 – Parallel Run Pipe Clamp

■

PS 3126 – One-Piece Pipe Strap

Design Load

Hole Size B

C
A ± 1⁄8"

Pipe
Size
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
3
⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
31⁄2"
4"

■

Load
Rating
300
300
300
400
400
500
500
500
500
500
500

Pipe
Size
1
⁄2"
3
⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
31⁄2"
4"
5"
6"

Wt./
100 pcs
27
29
30
31
38
40
47
66
78
87
90

PS 1450 – One-Hole Clamp for O.D. Tubing

■

A
27⁄8"
31⁄8"
33⁄8"
33⁄4"
37⁄8"
53⁄4"
61⁄4"
67⁄8"
73⁄8"
77⁄8"
9"
10"

B
9
⁄32"
9
⁄32"
9
⁄32"
9
⁄32"
9
⁄32"
7
⁄16"
7
⁄16"
7
⁄16"
7
⁄16"
7
⁄16"
7
⁄16"
7
⁄16"

C
7
⁄16"
7
⁄16"
7
⁄16"
7
⁄16"
7
⁄16"
11
⁄16"
11
⁄16"
11
⁄16"
11
⁄16"
11
⁄16"
11
⁄16"
11
⁄16"

Design Wt./
Load 100 pcs
500
23
500
26
500
31
500
35
500
39
1,000
94
1,000
114
1,000
133
1,000
152
1,000
176
1,000
198
1,000
225

PS 3792 – Power-Wrap™

Hole Size – 9⁄32"
1
⁄4" X 3⁄4" Round Head
Machine Screw
and Channel Nut
Not Included

A

O.D.
Size
1
⁄4"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"
7
⁄8"
1"

A
3
1 ⁄16"
15⁄16"
17⁄16"
15⁄8"
13⁄4"
17⁄8"
2"

Thickness
Gages
16
16
16
14
14
14
14

Wt./
100 pcs
4
5
6
8
9
10
11

Material: EPDM
Stock Thickness: 1⁄8"
Stock Length: 25 ft./box
Service Temp: -70˚ to 350˚ F
Weight/100 boxes: 253 lbs.

88

ENGINEERING CATALOG

PIPE & CONDUIT CLAMPS
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: No. and Size

■

PS 67 – Pipe or Conduit Hanger

Rod Size A
Listed

C

B

D

■

PS 69 – E-Z Grip Hanger

Conduit
A
Size Rod Size
1
3
⁄2"
⁄8"
3⁄4"
3⁄8"
3⁄8"
1"
3⁄8"
11⁄4"
3⁄8"
11⁄2"
3⁄8"
2"
1⁄2"
1⁄2"
2
1⁄2"
3"
1
1
3 ⁄2"
⁄2"
5⁄8"
4"
5⁄8"
5"
3⁄4"
6"
7⁄8"
8"

■

B
13⁄4"
17⁄8"
21⁄4"
23⁄4"
3"
33⁄8"
4"
41⁄4"
43⁄4"
51⁄2"
6"
7"
10"

C
1
⁄4 x 21⁄4"
1⁄4 x 21⁄4"
1⁄4 x 23⁄4"
1⁄4 x 31⁄4"
1⁄4 x 31⁄2"
1⁄4 x 4"
3⁄8 x 41⁄2"
3⁄8 x 5"
3
⁄8 x 51⁄2"
3⁄8 x 61⁄2"
3⁄8 x 71⁄2"
3⁄8 x 81⁄2"
3⁄8 x 12"

Load
Wt./
D
Rating 100 pcs
1
⁄8 x 3⁄4" 300
20
1⁄8 x 3⁄4"
300
21
1⁄8 x 3⁄4"
300
24
1⁄8 x 3⁄4"
300
27
1⁄8 x 3⁄4"
300
29
1⁄8 x 3⁄4"
300
33
1⁄8 x 11⁄4"
500
71
1⁄8 x 11⁄4"
500
78
1
⁄8 x 11⁄4" 500
85
1⁄4 x 11⁄4"
600
178
1⁄4 x 11⁄4"
600
199
1⁄4 x 11⁄4"
600
231
1⁄4 x 2"
700
449

PS 51 – Right Angle Pipe or Conduit Clamp

Rod Size A
Listed

B

B

A

Size
1
⁄2"
3
⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
7"

A
Rod Size
3
⁄8"
3
⁄8"
3
⁄8"
3
⁄8"
3
⁄8"
3
⁄8"
3
⁄8"
3
⁄8"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
1
⁄2"
1
⁄2"

B
21⁄4"
25⁄16"
27⁄16"
25⁄8"
23⁄4"
31⁄4"
4"
43⁄8"
411⁄16"
55⁄16"
67⁄16"
8"

Load
Rating
Wt./
Lbs/650 100 pcs
300
9
300
9
300
10
300
10
300
110
300
11
525
25
525
27
600
48
1000
53
1000
100
1000
100

Size
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
3
⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
31⁄2"
4"

A
Diameter
5
⁄16"
5
⁄16"
5
⁄16"
5
⁄16"
5
⁄16"
5
⁄16"
3
⁄8"
3
⁄8"
3
⁄8"
3
⁄8"
3
⁄8"

B
15
⁄16"
13⁄16"
17⁄16"
111⁄16"
2"
25⁄16"
23⁄16"
33⁄8"
41⁄8"
45⁄8"
51⁄8"

Wt./
100 pcs
25
41
42
47
54
57
85
106
110
128
140

Material: Malleable Iron
ENGINEERING CATALOG

89

PIPE & CONDUIT CLAMPS
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: No. and Finish

■

PS 004T – PS 106N – Cush-a-Clamp® Assembly Pipe & Tube Series

Design Load

Clamp:

Electro-galvanized or stainless steel

Cushion: Thermoplastic elastomer resistant to the effects of
most oils, chemicals and industrial cleaning
compounds in temperatures from -50°F to 275°F.

11⁄4"

Includes: Cushion, Clamp and Hardware

Tube Series
A
C

B

Pipe Series
Part No.
PS 009N
PS 011N
PS 014N
PS 017N
PS 021N
PS 027N
PS 030N
PS 038N
PS 046N
PS 056N
PS 064N
PS 072N
PS 089N
PS 106N

90

Pipe Size
(Nominal)
1
⁄4"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
3
⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
31⁄2"
4"
5"
6"

Dimensions
A
B
C
0.54
0.98 1.34
0.67
1.13 1.54
0.84
1.29 1.82
1.05
1.50 2.08
1.31
1.76 2.34
1.66
2.17 2.73
1.90
2.35 2.86
2.37
2.82 3.67
2.87
3.32 4.17
3.50
3.95 4.79
4.00
4.45 5.42
4.50
4.95 5.92
5.56
6.01 6.92
6.62
7.07 8.23

Wt./
100
13
14
15
17
19
35
41
49
57
55
88
110
130
140

Part No.
PS 004T
PS 006T
PS 008T
PS 010T
PS 012T
PS 014T
PS 016T
PS 018T
PS 020T
PS 022T
PS 024N
PS 026N
PS 028N
PS 030N
PS 032N
PS 034N
PS 038N
PS 040N
PS 042N
PS 046N
PS 048N
PS 050N
PS 056N
PS 058N
PS 064N
PS 066N
PS 072N
PS 082N
PS 098N

Copper &
Copper
Steel Tube Water Pipe
O. D. Size (Nominal)
1
⁄4"
3
1
⁄8"
⁄4"
1
3
⁄2"
⁄8"
5
1
⁄8"
⁄2"
3
5
⁄4"
⁄8"
7
3
⁄8"
⁄4"
1"
1"
11⁄8"
11⁄4"
13⁄8"
11⁄4"
1
1 ⁄2"
15⁄8"
11⁄2"
13⁄4"
17⁄8"
2"
21⁄8"
23⁄8"
21⁄2"
25⁄8"
27⁄8"
3"
31⁄8"
31⁄2"
35⁄8"
4"
41⁄8"
41⁄2"
51⁄8"
61⁄8"

Dimensions
Wt./
A
B
C
100
0.25 0.62 0.98 10
0.37 0.82 1.13
11
0.50 0.94 1.34 13
0.62 1.06 1.54 14
0.75 1.2 1.68 14
0.87 1.31 1.82 15
1.00 1.44 1.95 17
1.12 1.57 2.08 18
1.25 1.70 2.21 18
1.37 1.82 2.34 20
1.50 1.95 2.47 33
1.62 2.07 2.60 35
1.75 2.20 2.73 37
1.87 2.32 2.86 39
2.00 2.45 3.04 41
2.12 2.57 3.23 46
2.37 2.82 3.67 47
2.50 2.94 3.79 49
2.62 3.07 3.92 51
2.87 3.32 4.17 55
3.00 3.57 4.42 57
3.12 3.57 4.42 60
3.50 3.95 4.79 55
3.62 4.2 5.11
70
4.00 4.45 5.42 88
4.12 4.57 5.54 94
4.50 4.95 5.92 110
5.12 5.57 6.54 125
6.12 6.57 7.54 130

ENGINEERING CATALOG

PIPE & CONDUIT CLAMPS
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: No. and Size

■

PS UB 1/2 – PS UB 10 – Cush-a-Clamp® Assembly U–Bolt Series

A

30¡
(0.17„)

C

D

B

30¡

PART NO.
PS UB 1⁄2
PS UB 3⁄4
PS UB 1
PS UB 11⁄4
PS UB 11⁄2
PS UB 2
PS UB 21⁄2
PS UB 3
PS UB 31⁄2
PS UB 4
PS UB 5
PS UB 6
PS UB 8
PS UB 10

PIPE
SIZE
1
⁄2"
3
⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
31⁄2"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"

Dimensions
A
B
C
0.84
1.60 0.68
1.05
1.80 0.68
1.31
2.05 0.68
1.66
2.55 1.24
1.90
2.80 1.24
2.37
3.35 1.24
2.87
3.90 1.24
3.50
4.55 1.24
4.00
5.05 1.24
4.50
5.50 1.24
5.56
6.56 1.24
6.62
7.75 1.44
8.62
9.82 1.44
10.75 12.16 1.65

Wt./
D
100 Pcs
1
⁄4-20 UNC-2B
9
1
⁄4-20 UNC-2B
10
1
⁄4-20 UNC-2B
12
3
⁄8-16 UNC-2B
32
3
⁄8-16 UNC-2B
36
3
⁄8-16 UNC-2B
42
1
⁄2-13 UNC-2B
72
1
⁄2-13 UNC-2B
84
1
⁄2-13 UNC-2B
93
1
⁄2-13 UNC-2B 102
1
⁄2-13 UNC-2B 123
5
⁄8-11 UNC-2B 243
5
⁄8-11 UNC-2B 293
3
⁄4-10 UNC-2B 492

(0.17„)

A

Includes U-bolt, cushion, and hardware.
Materials:

U-Bolt:

Electrogalvanized finish or Type 316 SS

Cushion: Thermoplastic elastomer
Note:
B

■

D

C

Not intended for use with metal framing components
due to the length of the thread.

PS 004M – PS 038M – Cush-a-Clamp® Assembly Omega Series
Copper
Tubing Water Pipe Pipe Size
PART NO. O.D. SIZE (Nominal) (Nominal)
1
PS 004M
⁄4"
3
1
PS 006M
⁄8"
⁄4
1
1
3
PS 008M
⁄2"
⁄8
⁄4"
3
5
1
PS 010M
⁄8"
⁄2
⁄8"
3
5
PS 012M
⁄4"
⁄8
1
7
3
PS 014M
⁄8"
⁄4
⁄2"
PS 016M
1"
3
PS 018M20
⁄4"
1
PS 018M21
1 ⁄8"
1
PS 020M
11⁄4"
PS 021M
1"
PS 022M
13⁄8"
11⁄4
PS 024M
11⁄2"
PS 026M
15⁄8"
11⁄2
PS 027M
11⁄4"
3
PS 028M
1 ⁄4"
PS 030M
17⁄8"
11⁄2"
PS 032M
2"
PS 034M
21⁄8"
PS 038M
2"

D
F

A

A
0.25
0.37
0.50
0.62
0.75
0.87
1.00
1.05
1.12
1.25
1.31
1.37
1.50
1.62
1.66
1.75
1.87
2.00
2.12
2.37

Dimensions
B
C
D
1.81 0.06 0.62
1.90 0.06 0.62
2.20 0.06 0.75
2.32 0.06 0.75
2.41 0.06 0.75
2.56 0.06 0.75
2.68 0.06 0.75
2.68 0.06 0.75
2.82 0.06 0.75
3.00 0.08 1.25
3.12 0.08 1.25
3.12 0.08 1.25
3.65 0.08 1.25
3.77 0.08 1.25
3.90 0.10 1.25
3.90 0.10 1.25
4.02 0.10 1.25
4.15 0.10 1.25
4.40 0.10 1.25
4.71 0.10 1.25

E
0.20
0.20
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.33
0.33
0.33
0.33
0.33
0.33

Wt./
F 100 Pcs
0.78 3.4
0.81 4.0
0.98 5.5
0.98 6.0
0.98 6.5
0.98 7.1
0.98 7.8
0.98 8.1
0.98 8.4
1.56 17
1.56 20
1.56 19
1.56 20
1.56 23
1.56 32
1.56 32
1.56 34
1.56 36
1.56 41
1.56 44

C

E

Includes clamp and cushion.
Materials:
B

ENGINEERING CATALOG

Clamp:

ZD or Stainless Steel

Cushion: Thermoplastic elastomer
91

PIPE & CONDUIT CLAMPS
Finish: Electro-galvanized Order By: No. and Finish

■

PS 3101 thru PS 3115 – One-Piece cable & Conduit Clamp

Max
Part No. O.D. Size
PS 3101
PS 3102
PS 3103
PS 3104
PS 3105
PS 3106
PS 3107
PS 3108
PS 3109
PS 3110
PS 3111
PS 3112
PS 3113
PS 3114
PS 3115

B

A

■

38

⁄"
⁄"
3⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
13⁄4"
2"
23⁄8"
23⁄4"
31⁄4"
33⁄4"
4"
43⁄8"
43⁄4"
12

A

B

C

Wt/
100 pcs

7 16

15⁄8"
13⁄4"
2"
21⁄4"
21⁄2"
23⁄4"
3"
31⁄4"
35⁄8"
4"
41⁄2"
5"
51⁄4"
55⁄8"
6"

14
14
14
14
14
14
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

6
7
12
15
19
20
25
35
41
60
74
91
100
115
125

⁄ "
⁄ "
13⁄16"
11⁄16"
15⁄16"
19⁄16"
113⁄16"
21⁄16"
27⁄16"
213⁄16"
35⁄16"
313⁄16"
41⁄16"
47⁄16"
413⁄16"
9 16

Note: Available in Electro-galvanized steel, Type 304
Stainless Steel or Aluminum

C

■

PS 270 – Conduit Clamp

PS 52E – Parallel Pipe and Conduit Clamp

1"

A

25⁄8"

Size
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
3
⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
92

A
Diameter
1
⁄4"
1
⁄4"
1
⁄4"
1
⁄4"
1
⁄4"
1
⁄4"
1
⁄4"

Wt./
100 pcs
6
6
8
9
11
19
27

Material: Malleable Iron

Size
1
⁄2"
3
⁄4"
1"

Wt./100 pcs
59
64
70

11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
31⁄2"

72
93
128
135
155
190

4"

205

ENGINEERING CATALOG

BRACKETS
Power-Strut channel brackets feature a
combination fitting and channel to
eliminate field fabrication and speed
installation. Shelf, pipe and stair
brackets are also available in a variety
of sizes.

■ MATERIAL:
Power-Strut brackets are made by punch press and roll form operations
from hot rolled, mild steel.

■ STANDARD FINISH:
Power-Strut brackets are available in painted green or electro-galvanized finishes.

■ ORDERING INFORMATION:
When ordering, add the length or size and finish to the part number.
See pages 8-10 for finish abbreviations and an example.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

93

BRACKETS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

■

PS 626 – Pipe Stop

PS 661 T1, PS 661 T2 – Wrap-Around
13
Channel Bracket
⁄16"
1

⁄4"

31⁄2"
Hole Size 7⁄16"

1"
6 or 12
Clamp Requires bolt and
channel nut sold seperately.

3"

18" or 24"

Uniform Wt./
Size Load* 100 pcs
6" 1,600
191
12" 800
292
18" 600
436
24" 450
536

NOTE: PS 661 T1 (Slot up) illustrated
PS 661 T2 (Slot down) not shown

NOTE: For use with 2" to 8" Pipe

*Mounted on 12 Ga.
Channel

Weight/100 pcs: 40 lbs.

■

PS 808 T1, PS 808 T2 – Interlocking Channel Bracket
2"

■

PS 651 – Reversible Channel Bracket

2"
1

1

⁄4"

33⁄4"

2"

⁄4"

33⁄4"

3

⁄8"

47⁄8"

A

A

A Size
6"
12"
18"
24"

A

(PS 808 T2 Slot Down)

(PS 808 T1 Slot Up)
Uniform
Load*
1,200
600
400
300

Wt./
100 pcs
161
261
361
461

A Size
6"
12"
18"
24"

PS 809 – Double Channel Bracket
2"

13

⁄16"
A

1

6 ⁄4"

3

⁄8"

Uniform
Wt./
A Size Load* 100 pcs
12" 2,000
502
18" 1,300
692
24" 1,000
882
30" 800
1,072
36" 650
1,262
*Mounted on 12 Ga.
Channel

Wt./
100 pcs
185
293
401
509

*Mounted on 12 Ga. Channel

*Mounted on 12 Ga. Channel

■

Uniform
Load*
1,200
600
400
300

■

PS 708 – Single Channel Bracket Support

Use With: PS 200, PS 210,
PS 500 2T3

11⁄16"
43⁄4"

Design Moment on Upright
Channel:
16 ga. channel 3,200 in.-lbs.,
14 ga. channel 4,400 in.-lbs.
12 ga. channel 5,100 in.-lbs.

57⁄8"
3"

NOTE: Moment is for fitting only.
Channel may determine overall
capacity.

Weight/100 pcs: 235 lbs.
94

ENGINEERING CATALOG

BRACKETS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

PS 3164 – Double Channel Bracket Support

■

PS 732 – Shelf Bracket

11⁄16"

13⁄16"
A
61⁄8"

Use With: PS 200 2T3, PS 210 2T3

1

1 ⁄16"

Design Moment on Upright Channel:
16 ga. channel 6,500 in.-lbs.
14 ga. channel 9,100 in.-lbs.
12 ga. channel 13,000 in.-lbs.

13⁄16"

43⁄4"

71⁄2"

NOTE: Moment is for fitting only.
Channel may determine overall
capacity.

Size
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
18"
20"

45⁄8"

PS 838 R

OR

Stock Thickness: .105
NOTE: Specify
R (Right) or L (Left)
when ordering.
Right Hand Illustrated
Uniform Load Rating:
275 Lbs. when mounted
on 12 ga. channel.

■

PS 825 R

OR

■

L – Shelf Bracket

A
Size
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
18"
20"
22"
24"
26"
28"
30"

A
81⁄2"
101⁄2"
121⁄2"
141⁄2"
161⁄2"
181⁄2"
201⁄2"

B
4"
4"
6"
6"
6"
6"
6"

Uniform
Wt./
Load* 100 pcs
800
168
800
202
900
258
900
292
1,200
381
1,200
416
1,000
461

*Mounted on 12 ga. channel

Weight/100 pcs: 273 lbs.

■

15⁄8"

B

Stamped
Ident.
No.
121892
121893
121894
121895
121896
121897
121898
121899
121900
121901
121902
121903
121904

PS 3282 – Cable Tray Strut Bracket
A

Wt./
B 100 pcs
115⁄16" 58
27⁄16" 83
215⁄16" 114
37⁄16" 49
315⁄16" 174
47⁄16" 225
415⁄16" 255
57⁄16" 295
515⁄16" 361
67⁄16" 396
615⁄16" 456
77⁄16" 479
715⁄16" 544

L – Single Pipe Axle Support

PS 400

B

Support brace on
24", 30" and 36" only.

Uniform
Wt./
A
B
Load*
100 pcs
12"
83⁄4"
1,900
388
18"
83⁄4"
1,000
506
24"
83⁄4"
1,000
763
30"
111⁄4"
900
1,012
36"
111⁄4"
800
1,083
* Mounted on 12 ga. channel.
NOTE: PS 400 channel welded to 1⁄4" stock

■

PS 826 – Double Pipe Axle Support

3"

3"

53⁄8"

7 5 ⁄8 "

Load
Right Hand Illustrated
3"

Load Rating: 2,000 lbs.
NOTE: Specify R (Right) or L (Left) when ordering.
Weight/100 pcs.: 220 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

Load Rating: 4,000 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs.: 310 lbs.
95

BRACKETS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

PS 2401 thru PS 2403 – Ladder Rung

■

PS 2404 thru PS 2408 – Wall Ladder
Bracket
13

⁄16"

15⁄8"
B
2"
13

⁄16"

A
13

13

⁄16"

⁄16"

A

Part
No.
PS 2401
PS 2402
PS 2403

■

"A"
Hole to
Hole
12"
15"
18"

Wt./
100 pcs
186
221
254

PS 2422 – 371⁄2° Degree Stair Tread
Support

8 7 ⁄8 "

11⁄16"

Part
No.
PS 2404
PS 2405
PS 2406
PS 2407
PS 2408

■

87⁄8"

⁄16"

1 7 ⁄8 "
3 3 ⁄4 "

Weight/100 pcs: 213 lbs.

96

11⁄16"
31⁄2"

45°

31⁄2"

3 1 ⁄2 "
13

Wt./
100 pcs
113
164
216
267
318

B
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"

PS 2421 – 45° Degree Stair Tread Support

371⁄2°

3 1 ⁄2 "

A
23⁄8"
43⁄8"
63⁄8"
83⁄8"
103⁄8"

13

⁄16"

17⁄8"
33⁄4"

Weight/100 pcs: 220 lbs.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

ROLLERS
Power-Strut rollers feature cast iron
rollers and steel brackets formed by
punch press dies. The brackets have
holes for attachment to channel
with a standard channel nut and bolt.

■ MATERIAL:
Power-Strut pipe rollers consist of cast iron rollers and steel brackets.
The steel brackets are punched from hot rolled, pickled and oiled
mild steel.

■ STANDARD FINISH:
Standard finish for the roller is plain while brackets are painted green
or electro–galvanized.

■ ORDERING INFORMATION:
When ordering, add the length or size and finish to the part number.
See pages 8-10 for finish abbreviations and an example.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

97

ROLLERS
Order By: No. and Finish

■

PS 1901 – Two-Piece Pipe Roller

21⁄2"
A

Use With:

1

/2"-4" pipe

Load Rating: 500 lbs.
Material:

Bracket - steel;
Roller - cast iron (or aluminum)
Finish: Green or galvanized;
Roller - plain

Chart for Dimension A
Pipe
No
Size Insulation 1"
1
⁄2"
61⁄2"
61⁄2"
3
1
⁄4"
6 ⁄2"
61⁄2"
1
1"
6 ⁄2"
61⁄2"
1
1
1 ⁄4"
6 ⁄2"
61⁄2"
1
1
1 ⁄2"
6 ⁄2"
61⁄2"
1
2"
6 ⁄2"
65⁄8"
21⁄2"
61⁄2"
65⁄8"
1
3"
6 ⁄2"
7"
31⁄2"
61⁄2"
7"
4"
65⁄8"
71⁄4"

Insulation Thickness
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
65⁄8"
65⁄8"
67⁄8"
67⁄8"
71⁄8"
71⁄8"
71⁄2"
71⁄2"
75⁄8"

67⁄8"
67⁄8"
71⁄8"
71⁄8"
73⁄8"
73⁄8"
73⁄4"
73⁄4"
77⁄8"

73⁄8"
73⁄8"
71⁄2"
71⁄2"
77⁄8"
77⁄8"
8"

3"

4"

8"
8"
81⁄8"
81⁄8"
83⁄8"

9"

Weight/100 pair: 268 lbs.

■

PS 815 – Two-Piece, Heavy Duty Pipe Roller

2"

3"
31⁄2" TO 33⁄4"

A

Use With:

6-16" pipe

Material:

Bracket - steel;
Roller - cast iron

Finish:

Green or galvanized;
Roller - plain

Chart for Dimension A
Pipe
No
Size Insulation 1"
6"
91⁄2"
101⁄4"
1
8"
10 ⁄8"
10"
103⁄4"
12"
111⁄4"
14"
115⁄8"
16"
121⁄8"

11⁄2"
101⁄2"
11"
115⁄8"
121⁄8"
121⁄2"
13"

Insulation Thickness
2"
21⁄2"
3"
3
10 ⁄4"
11"
113⁄8"
3
3
11 ⁄8"
11 ⁄4"
12"
12"
121⁄4"
121⁄2"
121⁄2"
123⁄4"
13"
7
12 ⁄8"
13"
133⁄8"
133⁄8"
137⁄8"
14"

4"
117⁄8"
121⁄2"
13"
131⁄2"
14"
141⁄2"

Load Rating: 1500 lbs.

Weight/100 pair: 680 lbs.
98

ENGINEERING CATALOG

ROLLERS
Order By: No. and Size

PS 1902 – Pipe-Roller Assembly

21⁄2"

A

Part Number
A Wt./100 pcs.
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
63⁄4
299
1
1
PS 1902 - 2 ⁄2"-3 ⁄2" 71⁄2
304
PS 1902 - 4"-6"
81⁄2
311
PS 1902 - 8"
99⁄16
319
Material:

Brackets and shaft - steel;
Rollers - cast iron
Finish:
Brackets - painted green or galvanized;
Shaft - electro-galvanized;
Rollers - plain
Load Rating: 750 lbs.

Pipe
Size
1

⁄2"
3
⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
31⁄2"
4"
5"
6"
8"

No
Insulation
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"

1"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"

11⁄2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 1"-2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 8"

ENGINEERING CATALOG

Insulation Thickness
2"
1

21⁄2"

3"

4"

1

PS 1902 - 2 ⁄2"-3 ⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 8"

PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 21⁄2"-31⁄2"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 8"

PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 4"-6"
PS 1902 - 8"
PS 1902 - 8"
PS 1902 - 8"

PS 1902 - 8"
PS 1902 - 8"
PS 1902 - 8"

99

ROLLERS
Order By: No. and Finish

■

PS 1911 – Pipe Roller

B

21⁄2"

A

Material: Brackets and shaft - steel; Rollers - cast iron
Finish:

Brackets - painted green or galvanized;
Shaft - electro-galvanized; Rollers - plain

Fits
Size
Pipe Size
2 – 31⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
31⁄2"
4 – 6"
4"
5"
6"
8 – 10"
8"
10"
12 – 14"
12"
14"

A
5"
5"
5"
5"
57⁄8"
57⁄8"
57⁄8"
85⁄16"
85⁄16"
107⁄8"
107⁄8"

B
3"
31⁄4"
35⁄8"
37⁄8"
45⁄16"
47⁄8"
57⁄16"
71⁄8"
81⁄4"
97⁄8"
101⁄2"

Wt./
100 pcs
160

215

525
1,025

Load Rating: 950 lbs.

■

PS 816 – Three Piece, Heavy Duty Pipe Roller

2"

3"
31⁄4"

A

Use With: 16-24" pipe
Material:

Brackets - steel; Roller - cast iron

Finish:

Brackets - painted green or galvanized;
Roller - plain

Load Rating: 2,000 lbs.

Chart for Dimension A
Pipe
Insulation Thickness
Size
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
7
16"
13 ⁄8"
14"
18"
135⁄8"
14"
141⁄8"
141⁄2"
20"
141⁄8"
141⁄2"
143⁄4"
15"
1
1
24"
15 ⁄4"
15 ⁄2"
157⁄8"
161⁄8"

4"
141⁄2"
15"
151⁄2"
165⁄8"

Weight/100 units: 1,046 lbs.
100

ENGINEERING CATALOG

BEAM CLAMPS
Power-Strut offers beam clamps
designed for every loading condition
from light to heavy duty. Styles are
available to attach to nearly every
type of support beam.

■ MATERIAL:
Power-Strut beam clamps are cold formed from hot rolled, pickled and
oiled steel. Square head, cone point set screws are furnished where
noted. Cast beam clamps are made from high quality
malleable iron.

■ STANDARD FINISH:
Standard finish is plain or electro-galvanized.

■ ORDERING INFORMATION:
When ordering, add the length or size and finish to the part number.
See pages 8-10 for finish abbreviations and an example.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

101

BEAM CLAMPS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No. and Finish Note: Use in pairs or with other support

■

■

PS 855 – Angular “I” Beam Clamp

PS 2651 – Beam Clamp

1

⁄2" - 13 X 11⁄2"

Set Screw Included

3

⁄8" Hex Nuts and
"U" Bolt Included

7

⁄8"

1

⁄4"

7

⁄8"

3

1 ⁄4"
A

3"

A

31⁄2"
1

⁄4"

Part No.
PS 855–1
PS 855–2

■

Use With
A
PS 200, PS 210 31⁄2"
PS 500
211⁄16"

Load
Rating
500
500

Wt./
100 pcs.
107
98

PS 2657 – Double U Beam Clamp
Up to 6"

Part No. Use With
PS 2651 T1 PS 200, PS 210
PS 300, PS 400
PS 500, PS 520
PS 2651 T2 PS 100, PS 150
PS 200 2T3
PS 2651 T3 PS 150 2T3
PS 100 2T3

■

A
33⁄8"

Load
Rating
1,000

5"

1,000

92

8 1⁄4”

1,000

112

PS 2656 – U Bolt Beam Clamp With Hook
Up to 6"

33⁄8"
1

⁄4"

33⁄8"
1

⁄4"

Thick

3"

Specify 6" or 12" max. flange width
(Example: PS 2657 T1-6")
T1 Use with PS 200, PS 210, PS 300,
PS 400, PS 500, PS 520
T2 Use with PS 100, PS 150, PS 200 2T3
T3 Use with PS 150 2T3, PS 100 2T3
Weight/100 pcs: 280 lbs.
102

Wt./
100 pcs.
83

Thick

3"

Specify 6" or 12" max. flange width
(Example: PS 2656 T1-6")
T1 Use with PS 200, PS 210, PS 300,
PS 400, PS 500, PS 520
T2 Use with PS 100, PS 150, PS 200 2T3
T3 Use with PS 150 2T3, PS 100 2T3

Weight/100 pcs: 143 lbs.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

BEAM CLAMPS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No. and Finish Note: Use in pairs or with other support

■

■

PS 685 – Beam Clamp

1

PS 686 – Beam Clamp

⁄2" - 13 X 11⁄2"

Clamp Requires

Set Screw Included

1

Clamp Requires
1

1"

1

⁄2" x 15⁄16"

⁄2" - 13 X 11⁄2"

Hex Head Cap Screw
and 1⁄2" Channel
Nut Not Included.

⁄2"

Hex Head Cap Screw
and 1⁄2" Channel
Nut Not Included.

3

17⁄8"

⁄8 "

1

⁄4"

1

3 ⁄4 "

Stock Thickness: 3⁄8"

Load Rating: 600 lbs. with 12 ga. channel

Load Rating: 450 lbs.

500 lbs. with 14 ga. channel

Weight/100 pcs: 26 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 63 lbs.

■

■

PS 2653 – Purlin Clamp

PS 907, PS 998 – “I” Beam Clamp

3"
B

11⁄4"

11⁄4"

13⁄16"

A

1 1⁄4"

51⁄8"

Part No.
PS 2653 T1
PS 2653 T2
PS 2653 T3

Use With
PS 200, PS 210, PS 300
PS 100, PS 150, PS 200 2T3
PS 100 2T3

ENGINEERING CATALOG

Load
Wt./
Rating 100 pcs.
1,200
175
1,200
179
1,200
179

Stock
Part #
PS 907
PS 998

Set
Thickness
1
⁄4"
3
⁄8"

Load
Rating
Screw
3
⁄8
1
⁄2

Wt./
lbs.
450
900

100 pcs.
26
64

103

BEAM CLAMPS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No. and Finish Note: Use in pairs or with other support

■

■

PS 916 – “I” Beam Clamp

PS 684 – “I” Beam Clamp

1⁄2"

- 13 X 11⁄2"

Set Screw Included

11⁄8"

7

⁄8"

2"

15⁄8"

3

2"

⁄8"
11⁄2"

2 Holes 9⁄16" Dia.

Stock Thickness: 3⁄8"

Stock Thickness: 3⁄8"

Load Rating: 900 lbs.

Load Rating: 500 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 72 lbs.

■

PS 2622 – Beam Clamp

2"

Weight/100 pcs: 94 lbs.

■

PS 736 – Hook Rod Assembly

11⁄16"

2 Holes 13⁄32" Dia.
3⁄4"

3⁄8"

3"

Dia.

3⁄4"

2 Holes

17

⁄32" Dia.

A

Load Rating: 300 lbs.
Assembly including PS 736 also available.
Order PS 2622/J6 or PS 2622/J10
NOTE: Adaptable for 1⁄4", 3⁄8" & 1⁄2" rod with PS 3201.
Weight/100 pcs: 41 lbs.
104

Part No.
PS 736 J6
PS 736 J10

Flange
Max
7"
11"

Width
Min
3"
7"

A
Size
85⁄8"
125⁄8"

Wt./
100 pcs
24
33

Use With: PS 2622 Beam Clamp
ENGINEERING CATALOG

BEAM CLAMPS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No. and Finish Note: Use in pairs or with other support

■

■

PS 2623 – Swivel Adaptor

PS 3201 – Swivel Nut

PS 2622

Rod Size
up to 1⁄2"

Rod
Size
1
⁄4"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"

Rod Swivel 15°
All Directions

Use With: PS 2622 Beam Clamp or
PS 2624 Wood Beam Hanger

Wt./
100 pcs
4
4
3

Use With: PS 2622 Beam Clamp

Load Rating: 300 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 31 lbs.

■

PS 2624 – Wood Beam Hanger

■

PS 871 – Safety Anchor Strap

17

⁄32" Hole

A

1

⁄2 "

3

1 ⁄8 "

PS 2624

PS 2623
Rod Size
up to 1⁄2"
Rod Swivel 15°
All Directions

"A"
Length
9"
12"
15"

Wt./
100 pcs
33
45
57

Use with: PS 858, PS 865 (Cannot be used with 5⁄8"
rod size beam clamps and larger)

Weight/100 pcs: 22 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

105

BEAM CLAMPS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No. and Finish Note: Use in pairs or with other support

■

PS 858 – Heavy Duty Beam Clamp

■

PS 865 – Wide Throat Heavy Duty Beam Clamp

Set Screw
Size C
Included

Continuous
Weld

Set Screw
Size C Included

Continuous
Weld

B
7

⁄8 "

D

3 5 ⁄8 "

2 1 ⁄2 "
Tapped Hole
Size A

B
Tapped Hole
Size A

2 1 ⁄2 "

3 1 ⁄4 "

D

Part
Number
PS 858 1⁄4
PS 858 5⁄16
PS 858 3⁄8
PS 858 1⁄2
PS 858 5⁄8
PS 858 3⁄4

■

"A"
Rod
Size
1
⁄4" - 20
5
⁄16"- 18
3
⁄8" - 16
1
⁄2" - 13
5
⁄8" - 11
3
⁄4" - 10

B
1
⁄8"
1
⁄8"
3
⁄16"
1
⁄4"
5
⁄16"
5
⁄16"

C
3
⁄8" x 11⁄2
3
⁄8" x 11⁄2
1
⁄2" x 11⁄2
1
⁄2" x 11⁄2
5
⁄8" x 11⁄2
5
⁄8" x 11⁄2

Load
Wt./
D Ratings 100 pcs
7
⁄8"
650
67
7
⁄8"
650
67
15
⁄16" 1,100 100
15
⁄16" 1,600 130
15⁄16" 2,400 160
15⁄16" 2,400 160

PS 2654 & PS 2654A – Column Attachment

Rod
Size
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"

■

B
3
⁄16"
1
⁄4"
5
⁄16"

C
1
⁄2"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"

Load
D
Ratings
111⁄16" 1,100
111⁄16" 1,600
111⁄16" 2,400

Wt./
100 pcs
151
195
225

PS 2626 – Beam Clamp

Clamp Requires
1
⁄2" Diameter Rod and
2 Hex Nuts Sold Seperately

A

Part
Number

PS 2654 Use with PS 200
PS 2654A Use with PS 500

PS 2626 6
PS 2626 9
PS 2626 12

Slip Rating: 800 lbs.
NOTE: Column attachment
can only be used in pairs.
Weight/100 pcs: 41 lbs.
106

A

A - 1"

"A"
Range

Wt./
100 Pcs

21⁄2 - 6"
51⁄2 -9"
81⁄2 -12"

125
140
171

Finish: Plain, painted green or electro-galvanized
Load Rating: 500 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

BEAM CLAMPS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized Order By: No. and Finish Note: Use in pairs or with other support

■

PS 135X – Light Duty Beam Clamp

■

PS 85 – Rod or Insulator Support

B

7

⁄8" Maximum
Flange Thickness

Rod
Size
1
⁄4"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"

Material: Steel
Use With: 1⁄4" rod
Load Rating: 75 lbs.

A
11⁄8"
2"
25⁄8"

B
11⁄4"
2"
21⁄2"

Load
Ratings
150
350
400

■

PS 95 – “C" Clamp

PS 86 – “C” Clamp

3⁄8"

B

B

3⁄4"

21⁄4"

3⁄4"

1⁄2"

A

Rod
Size
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"

A
25⁄16"
21⁄4"
23⁄8"
21⁄4"

B
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
1
⁄2"

Wt./
100 pcs
23
95
195

Material: Malleable Iron

Weight/100 pcs: 14 lbs.

■

A

Load
Rating
330
380
450
500

Material: Steel
NOTE: UL Listed for 3⁄8" rod.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

Wt./
100 pcs
35
41
67
72

Rod
Size
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"

A
111⁄16"
123⁄32"
115⁄16"
21⁄32"

B
13⁄4"
13⁄4"
2"
2"

A

Load
Rating
400
400
450
600

Wt./
100 pcs
38
52
68
128

Material: Malleable Iron, Steel Set Screw
NOTE: UL Listed for 3⁄8" rod.
107

BEAM CLAMPS
Finish: Painted Green or Electro-galvanized; Order By: No. and Finish; Note: Use in pairs or with other support

■

PS 93 – Universal “C” Clamp
E
F

G
D

B
C

11⁄4"

At least one full
thread must be exposed

1"
A

Rod
Size
A

DIMENSIONS (Inches)
B

3

5

⁄8
1
⁄2

1 ⁄16
13⁄8

C

D

E

F

G

2
2

3

7

3

5

⁄4
3
⁄4

⁄8
7
⁄8

⁄8
7
⁄16

13

Max.
Pipe
Size

⁄8
⁄16

4
8

Max.
Load
Wt/
(Lbs.) 100 pcs
400
500

41
75

• Maximum temperature of 450˚ F

Material: Malleable Iron, Steel Set Screw

■

PS 94 – Wide Throat Top Beam “C” Clamp
F

B
D
C

15⁄16"

E
A

Rod
Size
A

DIMENSIONS (Inches)
B

C

5

D

3
⁄8
13⁄4
21⁄4
⁄4
7
3
3
⁄4
1 ⁄8
2 ⁄8
⁄4
• Maximum temperature of 450˚ F
3

E

F

Max
Pipe
Size

11⁄4
13⁄8

1
13⁄16

10
12

Max.
Load (Lbs.)

Wt/
100 pcs

600
800

66
83

Material: Malleable Iron, Steel Set Screw
108

ENGINEERING CATALOG

ELECTRICAL
Power-Strut offers a versatile means of
supporting lighting, conduits, cable
and other portions of an electrical
system. Power-Strut is listed as an
electrical raceway by Underwriters
laboratories as specified by the
National Electric Code (Article 352),
and CSA approved in accordance with
the Canadian Electrical Code (Part 1).

■ MATERIAL:
Power-Strut electrical raceways are cold formed from low carbon steel
and meet the requirements of ASTM A-1011 Grade 33 in painted green
or ASTM A-653 Grade 33 in pre-galvanized material. Plain or electrogalvanized fittings conform to the ASTM A-635 or ASTM A-36 standards while pre-galvanized fittings meet the requirements of ASTM
A-653 Grade 33.

■ STANDARD LENGTHS:
Standard lengths of electrical raceway are 10 and 20 feet.
The Power-Strut closure strips are available only in 10 feet lengths.

■ STANDARD FINISH:
Electrical raceway channel is available in a painted green or
pre-galvanized finish. All Power-Strut fittings are available in painted
green or electro-galvanized finish. Many fittings are available in
pre-galvanized.

■ ORDERING INFORMATION:
When ordering, add the length or size and finish to the part number.
See pages 8-10 for finish abbreviations and an example.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

109

ELECTRICAL
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10 feet & 20 feet

■

■

Solid Raceway*

Part No.
PS 100
PS 150
PS 200
PS 210
PS 300
PS 400
PS 500

Order By: No. and Size

Knock-Out Raceway*

Section
Height
31⁄4"
27⁄16"
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
13⁄8"
1"
13
⁄16"

Section
Height
31⁄4"
27⁄16"
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
13⁄8"
1"

Part No.
PS 100 KO6
PS 150 KO6
PS 200 KO6
PS 210 KO6
PS 300 KO6
PS 400 KO6

Maximum Number of Wires Types
AVB, FEP, FEBP, RH, RHH, RHW, RUH, RUW, T, TW,
THHN, THWN, THW, XHHW
Raceway Part
Numbers
PS 100, PS 100 K06
Table A – Maximum number of conductors
when raceway is installed to support and
PS 150, PS 150 K06
supply electric discharge type lighting
PS 200, PS 200 K06
fixtures when raceway wiring is suitable for PS 210, PS 210 K06
at least 75 C. EXCEPTION: Wire suitable for PS 300, PS 300 K06
60 C may be used when clearance between PS 400, PS 400 K06
raceway and fixtures is at least 1⁄2 inch.
PS 500

Wt./
100 Ft.
305
247
190
141
170
146
97

Height
of Section
Inches
31⁄4"
27⁄16"
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
13⁄8"
1"
13
⁄16"

14
10
10
6
6
5
4
4

Wire Size AWG*
12 10 8
6
10
8
6
4
10
8
6
4
6
5
4
2
6
5
4
2
4
4
3
2
3
0
0
0
3
0
0
0

PS 100, PS 100 K06
Table B – Maximum number of conductors
when raceway is installed to support and
PS 150, PS 150 K06
supply electric discharge type lighting
PS 200, PS 200 K06
fixtures when raceway wiring is suitable for PS 210, PS 210 K06
at least 75 C and clearance between raceway PS 300, PS 300 K06
and fixtures is at least 1⁄8 inch.
PS 400, PS 400 K06
PS 500

305
247
190
141
170
146
97

31⁄4"
27⁄16"
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
13⁄8"
1"
13
⁄16"

10
10
10
10
10
6
6

10
10
10
10
10
6
6

10
10
8
8
6
0
0

9
8
6
6
4
0
0

6
6
3
3
2
0
0

PS 100, PS 100 K06
PS 150, PS 150 K06
PS 200, PS 200 K06
PS 210, PS 210 K06
PS 300, PS 300 K06
PS 400, PS 400 K06
PS 500

305
247
190
141
170
146
97

31⁄4"
27⁄16"
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
13⁄8"
1"
13
⁄16"

50
36
22
24
18
11
9

42
29
18
20
15
9
7

35
25
15
17
13
7
6

20
14
9
10
7
4
4

13
9
5
6
5
3
2

PS 100, PS 100 K06
PS 150, PS 150 K06
PS 200, PS 200 K06
PS 210, PS 210 K06
PS 300, PS 300 K06
PS 400, PS 400 K06
PS 500

305
247
190
141
170
146
97

31⁄4"
27⁄16"
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
13⁄8"
1"
13
⁄16"

10
10
8
8
8
4
4

10
10
8
8
6
3
3

8
8
5
5
5
0
0

6
6
4
4
3
0
0

4
4
3
3
2
0
0

Table C – Maximum number of conductors
when raceway is not employed with
fixtures OR where the clearance between
the raceway and fixtures is greater than
1
⁄2 inch.

Table C – CSA Certified
Maximum number of wires
Types R, RW, RWU, T, TW

*In all cases, the snap-in-cover, PS 707, is required to complete raceway enclosures.
110

ENGINEERING CATALOG

ELECTRICAL
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10 feet & 20 feet

■

1.

Suspend and align PS-2632
Channel hanger from threaded
rod at pre-determined level.

2.

At floor working level install
wiring in channel raceway and
add a channel closure strip.

3.

■

To Install Channel

Order By: No. and Size

To Install Fluorescent Fixture

1.

Attach PS2631 Fixture Hanger to
fixture with quick assembly
wing-nut leaving door open.

2.

Hook fixture over raceway. Close
snap fastening door which
securely locks fixture into
position. Plug in fixture.

Lay raceway into pre-hung
channel hanger. Close snap
fastening door which securely
locks raceway into position.

Complete installation in minutes. No screw, bolts or cotter pins to lose.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

111

ELECTRICAL
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10 feet & 20 feet

Order By: No. and Size

KNOCK-OUT FLUORESCENT
RACEWAY SYSTEM
Listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc.
Fixture is attached to slot-up channel with
chase nipple, locknut and bushing through
knock-outs in bottom of channel. Conduit
connector fitting PS-2560 holds channel and
fixture to pipe or rod.

BASIC FLUORESCENT
SUPPORT SYSTEM
Slot-down channel holds fixture
firmly in place with spring nut and
bolt. Fixtures may be added or
relocated without changing the basic
assembly.

ECONOMY RACEWAY
SYSTEM FLUORESCENT
In this slot-down system the circuits run
through the fixtures and only enter the
channel where there is a break in the fixture
run. At that point the fiber wire retainer
holds wires in place and snap-in closure strip
covers the area.
112

ENGINEERING CATALOG

ELECTRICAL
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10 feet & 20 feet

Order By: No. and Size

KNOCK-OUT MERCURY
VAPOR RACEWAY SYSTEM
Listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc.
Fixture is attached to slot-up channel with
chase nipple, locknut and bushing through
knock-outs in bottom of channel. Conduit
connector fitting PS-2561 holds channel
and fixture to pipe or rod.

SLOT DOWN MERCURY
VAPOR SYSTEM
In this slot down system the mercury
vapor ballast is wired directly to the
system.

BASIC MERCURY VAPOR
SUPPORT SYSTEM – PS-3301
CLEVIS HANGER FOR USE
WITH PS-150, PS-200
In this slot up or down system, the fixture is
supported by PS-3301 clevis hanger which is
designed for use with both 15⁄8" and 27⁄16" deep
channels.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

113

ELECTRICAL
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10 feet & 20 feet

Order By: No. and Size

SLOTTED SUPPORT
SYSTEM
This system is designed for
maximum ease of attaching
fixture through slotted channel
with shoulder bolt and provides
positive alignment.

GRID SYSTEM
This system is used where fixtures are hung at
right angles to Power-Strut raceways and support
channels. Any of the features of the above
systems can be adapted to this system. Ideal for
egg-crate type drop ceiling installations.

114

ENGINEERING CATALOG

ELECTRICAL
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10 feet & 20 feet

■

PS 655, PS 656, PS 901, PS 902,
PS 930, PS 2580, PS 2585 – Raceway
End Caps

■

Order By: No. and Size

PS 2511, PS 2581 – End Cap With
Knock-Out

A
1

A

1

⁄4" X 5⁄8" Flat Head
Machine Screw and
Nut Included

⁄2 "

B

127⁄64"

Part No.
PS 902
PS 2580
PS 655
PS 2585
PS 656
PS 901
PS 930

■

Use With
PS 100
PS 150
PS 200
PS 210
PS 300
PS 400
PS 500

Finish
EG
EG
EG
EG
EG
EG
EG

A
31⁄4"
27⁄16"
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
13⁄8"
1"
13
⁄16"

Wt./
100 pcs
22
18
11
12
15
11
5

PS 2560, PS 2561 – Conduit Connector
Fitting

Use With
Finish
PS 100
EG
PS 200, PS 210 EG
PS 300
EG
PS 150
EG

A
31⁄4"
15⁄8"
13⁄8"
27⁄16"

Wt./
B 100 pcs
13⁄4"
3.1
13⁄4"
2.7
13⁄4"
2.6
2"
3.0

ASSEMBLY: End Cap Part, 1 Machine Screw, 1 Nut
Specify 1⁄2" or 3⁄4" knock-out

■

PS 2640 – Wire Retainer

1
7

⁄4" X 5⁄8" Flat Head
Machine Screws and
Nuts Included

Part No.
PS 2511–1
PS 2511–2
PS 2511–3
PS 2581

⁄8" Dia.

11⁄2"

11⁄2"

A

Part No.
PS 2560
PS 2561

Use With
1
⁄2 Conduit"
3
⁄4 Conduit"

A
4"
51⁄8"

Wt./
Hole 100 pcs
7
⁄8"
36
13⁄32"
36

Stock Size: (.060)

Material: Polypropylene

Assembly: Connector Fitting,
2 Nuts, 2 Bolts
Weight/100 pcs: .30 lbs.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

115

ELECTRICAL
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10 feet & 20 feet

■

PS 2632 – Swing Gate Channel Hanger

■

Order By: No. and Size

PS 2632D – Swing Gate Channel Hanger
A

A

A Dia.
9
⁄16"
7
⁄8"

23⁄4"

Use With
1
⁄2" Rod
1
⁄2" Conduit

A Dia.
9
⁄16"
7
⁄8"

5"

Use With
1
⁄2" Rod
1
⁄2" Conduit

9

⁄32"

Sq. Hole

9

⁄32"

Sq. Hole

Finish: Electro-galvanized

Finish: Electro-galvanized

Use With: PS 200, PS 210, PS 300, PS 400
and PS 500

Use With: PS 100, PS 150, PS 200 2T3,
and PS 210 2T3

Load Rating: 90 lbs.

Load Rating: 90 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 25 lbs.

■

Weight/100 pcs: 34 lbs.

■

PS 659 – Channel Hanger

PS 658 – Channel Hanger

25⁄8"

31⁄8"

111⁄16" 15⁄8"

111⁄16" 15⁄8"

Use With: PS 400, PS 500

Use With: PS 200, PS 210, PS 300

Load Rating: 150 lbs.

Load Rating: 150 lbs.
3

1

NOTE: Washers supplied to adapt to ⁄8" or ⁄2" rod

NOTE: Washers supplied to adapt to 3⁄8" or 1⁄2" rod

Weight/100 pcs: 28 lbs.

■

PS 803 – Fixture Wiring Nipple

Weight/100 pcs: 30 lbs.

■

PS 2625 – Wiring Stud Nut

1.100"
A

Part No.

A

PS 2625-1⁄2

15⁄64"
5

PS 2625-2- ⁄8

2 1 ⁄8 "

Indentification No.

5

⁄8"

121961
121960

1 3 ⁄8 "

Hole
.600" Dia.

.800"

Assembly: 1⁄2" x 2" rigid conduit nipple
Bushing Locknut

Weight/100 pcs: 14 lbs.
116

3 ⁄4 "

Material: Sintered Iron
Size: 1⁄2" - 14 Amer. Std, conduit thread

Weight/100 pcs: 10 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

ELECTRICAL
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10 feet & 20 feet

■

PS 2631 – Swing Gate Fixture Hanger

■

Order By: No. and Size

PS 2631D – Swing Gate Fixture Hanger

9

⁄16"

9

⁄16"
5"

31⁄8"

Use With: PS 200, PS 210, PS 300, PS 400 and PS 500
Load Rating: 90 lbs.

Use With: PS 100, PS 150, PS 200 2T3, PS 210 2T3

NOTE: Includes Bolt and Wing Nut for connection to
fluorescent fixtures.

Load Rating: 90 lbs.
NOTE: Includes Bolt and Wing Nut for connection to
fluorescent fixtures.
Weight/100 pcs: 36 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 27 lbs.

■

PS 3301 – Mercury Vapor Fixture Hanger

63⁄4"

Hole Size
11⁄16"

■

PS 807 – Channel Hanger

5"

111⁄16" 15⁄8"

Finish: Electro-galvanized
Stock Size: 1⁄4"
Use With: PS 150, PS 200, PS 210

Use With: PS 100, PS 150
Load Rating: 150 lbs.
NOTE: Washers supplied to adapt to 3⁄8" or 1⁄2" rod

NOTE: Supports fixture in slot up or down system.
Weight/100 pcs: 154 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

Weight/100 pcs: 35 lbs.
117

ELECTRICAL
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10 feet & 20 feet

■

PS 2636 – Fixture Stud Nut

■

Order By: No. and Size

PS 2637 – Fixture Nut

5

⁄16"

17⁄16"

1

⁄2"

11⁄8"

Size: Tapped for 1⁄4" - 20 thread

Size: 1⁄4" x 20 thread, 11⁄4" long

Weight/100 pcs: 5 lbs.

■

PS 702 – Fluorescent Fixture Hanger

Weight/100 pcs: 2 lbs.

■

PS 703 – Fluorescent Fixture Hanger

1
⁄4" X 1" RHMS and
Sq. Nut Included

1

⁄4" X 1" RHMS and

Sq. Nut Included

13⁄4"

27⁄16"

15⁄8"

15⁄8"
1
9

⁄32" Dia. Hole

Hanger provides more than 1⁄2" space between
channel and fixtures.
Use hanger for PS 200, PS 210 & PS 300.
Load Rating: 120 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 19 lbs.
118

⁄4" X 3⁄4"

Carriage Bolt
and Sq. Nut Included

Hanger provides more than 1⁄8" space between
channel and fixtures.
Use hanger for PS 200 & PS 210.
Load Rating: 120 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 17 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

ELECTRICAL
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10 feet & 20 feet

■

PS 702 D – Fluorescent Fixture Hanger

■

Order By: No. and Size

PS 703 D – Fluorescent Fixture Hanger

1
⁄4" X 1" RHMS and
Sq. Nut Included

1

⁄4" X 1" RHMS and

Sq. Nut Included

29⁄16"

31⁄4"

15⁄8"

15⁄8"
1

9

⁄32" Dia. Hole

⁄4" X 3⁄4"

Carriage Bolt
and Sq. Nut Included

Hanger provides more than 1⁄2" space
between channel and fixtures.

Hanger provides more than 1⁄8" space
between channel and fixtures.

Use hanger for PS 150.

Use hanger for PS 150.

Load Rating: 120 lbs.

Load Rating: 120 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 20 lbs.

■

Weight/100 pcs: 18 lbs.

PS 707, PS 707 P – Raceway Closure
Strip

■

PS 707 – Aluminum Raceway Closure Strip

.040"

15⁄8"

15⁄8"

Material/Finish:
PS 707 - Painted green and pre-galvanized

Material:
6063-T6 Aluminum, Copper Free, Extruded

PS 707 P - Green and gray

Stock Size: (.051)

Stock Size: (.040) GRN, (.040) PGAL

Stock Length: 10 ft.

Stock Length: 10 ft.

Use With: All 15⁄8" wide channel

Use With: All 15⁄8" wide channel.
Weight 47 Lbs./ ft.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

Weight 21 Lbs./ ft.
119

ELECTRICAL
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10 feet & 20 feet

■

PS 649, PS 693, PS 694, PS 805, PS
942, PS 2582 – Electrical Joiner

■

Order By: No. and Size

PS 2662 - A – Hub Assembly
3"

111⁄16"

14 Gage
2"

Threaded
Plate Nut

A

1
⁄4" X 5⁄8" Flat Head Machine Screws
and 4 Hole Splice Plate Nut Included

63⁄4"

Part No.
PS 805
PS 2582
PS 649
PS 694
PS 693
PS 942

A
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
15⁄8"
13⁄8"
11⁄16"
13
⁄16"

Use With
PS 100
PS 150
PS 200, PS 210
PS 300
PS 400
PS 500, PS 520

Finish
EG, GRN
EG
EG, GRN
EG, GRN
EG, GRN
EG, GRN

Wt./
100 pcs
106
103
100
97
97
80

PS 2662 A, Hub

PS 200
Channel
PS 2660
Junction Box

Use With: PS 200, PS 210
Stock Size: (.060)

Assembly: 1 Hub, 2 Screws, 1 Bolt, 1 Nut

Assembly: 1 Splice Plate Clevis (GRN),
1 Tapped Plate (EG), 1 Backplate (GRN),
4 Flat Head Machine Screws (EG).

NOTE: Add hub assemblies to the basic PS
2660 unit assembly to make 1, 2, 3 ot 4-way
junction box.
Identification No. 122022
Weight/100 pcs: 27 lbs.

PS 2660 – Junction Box
21⁄4"

PS 2661 – Junction Box Cover

4"

43⁄16"
4"

43⁄16"

NOTE: Add hub assemblies PS 2662-A
to make 1, 2, 3 or 4-way junction box.

Weight/100 pcs: PS 2660 113 lbs.
120

Weight/100 pcs: 30 lbs.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

ELECTRICAL
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10 feet & 20 feet

PS 2094 – 4" Receptacle Box With Knock-outs

11⁄2"

Order By: No. and Size

PS 2639 – Outlet Box

4"

41⁄8"

2 Screws and
Channel Nuts

Stock Size: (.075)
Assembly: 1 Box, 2 Screws, 2 Channel Nuts
Stock Size: (.075)
Assembly: 1 Box, 2 Screws, 2 Channel Nuts

Weight/100 pcs: 88 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 93 lbs.

PS 760 – Bus Duct Connection Clevis

PS 671 – Strut Suspension Member

A
17⁄8"

13

⁄16"

7

1 ⁄8"
1

⁄2"
325⁄32"
11⁄16"
121⁄32"

Part No.
PS 760–1
PS 760–2
PS 760–3

Outside
Width
213⁄32"
325⁄32"
43⁄4"

Inside
Width
129⁄32"
39⁄32"
41⁄4"

ENGINEERING CATALOG

Wt./
100 pcs
57
73
84

Weight/100 pcs: 70 lbs.

121

ELECTRICAL
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10 feet & 20 feet

PS 2800 – Inside Strut Joiner

■

Order By: No. and Size

PS 2802 – “Elbow” Inside Strut Joiner

Material: Cast aluminum

Material: Cast aluminum

Jam screws included

Jam screws included

Weight/100 pcs: 20 lbs.

■

PS 2801 – “T” Inside Strut Joiner

Weight/100 pcs: 27 lbs.

■

PS 2803 – “Cross” Inside Strut Joiner

Material: Cast aluminum

Material: Cast aluminum

Jam screws included

Jam screws included

Weight/100 pcs: 35 lbs.
122

Weight/100 pcs: 45 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

ELECTRICAL
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10 feet & 20 feet

■

PS 791 – Electrical Box Adapter Plate

■

Order By: No. and Size

PS 2627 – Spacer Clevis

7

⁄8" DIA.

1
⁄4" X 5⁄8" Flat Head
Machine Screws and
Nuts Included

2"

115⁄16"
3

115⁄16"

13⁄16"

2"

1 ⁄16"

121⁄32"

4"

1

61⁄4"

⁄8"

3 Knockouts
7
⁄8" Dia.

Flourescent Fixture

Stock Size: (.060)
Material:12 gage

Assembly: 1 Plate, 2 Screws,
2 Channel Nuts

Weight/100 pcs: 35 lbs.

■

Weight/100 pcs: 24 lbs.

■

PS 1510 – Maple Cable Saddle
15⁄8"

PS 1500 – Porcelain Cable Rack Insulators

A

Hole Size

A

B

Cable
Size
0"– 1"
1" – 11⁄2"
11⁄2"– 2"
2"– 21⁄2"
21⁄2" – 3"
3"– 31⁄2"
31⁄2" – 4"

A
3"
31⁄2"
4"
41⁄2"
5"
51⁄2"
6"

B
13⁄4"
2"
21⁄4"
21⁄2"
23⁄4"
3"
31⁄4"

Wt./
100 pcs
31
38
47
57
68
80
94

Cable
Dia.
3"
41⁄2"

Wt./
A 100 pcs
3"
75
4"
95

Use With: All 15⁄8" channel
Use With: All 15⁄8" Channel
Assembly: Maple Part, 1 Spring Nut, 1 Flat Head Screw
NOTE: Specify Cable Diameter
ENGINEERING CATALOG

123

ELECTRICAL
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10 feet & 20 feet

■

Order By: No. and Size

PS 723 – Porcelain Cable Clamp

Hole Size

B

A

Part
Number
PS723 3⁄8"
PS723 1⁄2"
PS723 5⁄8"
PS723 3⁄4"
PS723 7⁄8"
PS723 1"
PS723 11⁄8"
PS723 11⁄4"
PS723 13⁄8"
PS723 11⁄2"
PS723 15⁄8"
PS723 13⁄4"
PS723 17⁄8"
PS723 2"
PS723 21⁄8"
PS723 21⁄4"
PS723 23⁄8"
PS723 21⁄2"
PS723 25⁄8"
PS723 23⁄4"
PS723 27⁄8"
PS723 3"
PS723 31⁄8"
PS723 31⁄4"
PS723 33⁄8"
PS723 31⁄2"
PS723 35⁄8"
PS723 33⁄4"
PS723 37⁄8"
PS723 4"
PS723 41⁄8"
PS723 41⁄4"
PS723 43⁄8"
PS723 41⁄2"

Hole
Size
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"
7
⁄8"
1"
11⁄8"
11⁄4"
13⁄8"
11⁄2"
15⁄8"
13⁄4"
17⁄8"
2"
21⁄8"
21⁄4"
23⁄8"
21⁄2"
25⁄8"
23⁄4"
27⁄8"
3"
31⁄8"
31⁄4"
33⁄8"
31⁄2"
35⁄8"
33⁄4"
37⁄8"
4"
41⁄8"
41⁄4"
43⁄8"
41⁄2"

PS 1100
Size
1"

A
17⁄8"

B
115⁄32"

11⁄2"

23⁄8"

21⁄32"

2"

27⁄8"

217⁄32"

3"

4"

35⁄8"

31⁄2"

41⁄2"

41⁄8"

4"

51⁄8"

45⁄8"

5"

61⁄8"

511⁄32"

6"

71⁄4"

63⁄4"

Wt./
100 pcs
51
47
46
85
84
83
76
116
115
108
100
228
224
204
184
255
255
250
245
322
301
301
296
460
440
433
423
698
678
648
638
648
598
588

Strap Material: Electro-galvanized steel or stainless steel
Use With: All 15⁄8" channel. EG includes Everdur hardware

124

ENGINEERING CATALOG

ELECTRICAL
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10 feet & 20 feet

■

Order By: No. and Size

PS 722 – Porce -A- Clamp™

Hole Size

B

A

Porce –A– Clamp™
• Non-Breakable TPE Material
• U.V. Resistant
• U.L. Listed
• Electro-galvanized or Stainless Steel Clamps
• Tapered Flange to Protect Cable
• Dielectric Strength 525 Volts Per Mil.
• One Piece
• Replaces Porcelain & Maple Cable Clamp
• For use in accordance with National Electrical Code
ANSI/NFPA 70.
Replaces the two piece PS 723 Porcelain Cable Clamp
Includes Everdur Hardware

Part
Number
PS722 3⁄8"
PS722 1⁄2"
PS722 5⁄8"
PS722 3⁄4"
PS722 7⁄8"
PS722 1"
PS722 11⁄8"
PS722 11⁄4"
PS722 13⁄8"
PS722 11⁄2"
PS722 15⁄8"
PS722 13⁄4"
PS722 17⁄8"
PS722 2"
PS722 21⁄8"
PS722 21⁄4"
PS722 23⁄8"
PS722 21⁄2"
PS722 25⁄8"
PS722 23⁄4"
PS722 27⁄8"
PS722 3"
PS722 31⁄8"
PS722 31⁄4"
PS722 33⁄8"
PS722 31⁄2"
PS722 35⁄8"
PS722 33⁄4"
PS722 37⁄8"
PS722 4"
PS722 41⁄8"
PS722 41⁄4"
PS722 43⁄8"

Hole
Size
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"
7
⁄8"
1"
11⁄8"
11⁄4"
13⁄8"
11⁄2"
15⁄8"
13⁄4"
17⁄8"
2"
21⁄8"
21⁄4"
23⁄8"
21⁄2"
25⁄8"
23⁄4"
27⁄8"
3"
31⁄8"
31⁄4"
33⁄8"
31⁄2"
35⁄8"
33⁄4"
37⁄8"
4"
41⁄8"
41⁄4"
43⁄8"

A
17⁄8"

B
115⁄32"

Wt./
100 pcs
25

23⁄8"

21⁄32"

37

27⁄8"

217⁄32"

58

4"

35⁄8"

76

41⁄2"

41⁄8"

90

51⁄8"

45⁄8"

109

61⁄8"

511⁄32"

130

71⁄4"

63⁄4"

160

Patents Pending
Strap Material: Electro-galvanized steel or
stainless steel
Use With: All 15⁄8" channel

ENGINEERING CATALOG

125

ELECTRICAL
Finish: Painted Green or Pregalvanized Stock Length: 10 feet & 20 feet

■

■

PS 1610 – Maple Cable Clamp

Order By: No. and Size

PS 1850 – Maple Bus Bar Clamp

Hole Size

15⁄8"
A
A

Inside
Diameter
0
to 5⁄8"
1
⁄2 to 1"
3
⁄4 to 11⁄2"
11⁄4 to 13⁄4"
11⁄2 to 21⁄4"
2 to 21⁄2"
21⁄4 to 3"
3 to 4"

A
5
1 ⁄16"
115⁄16"
23⁄8"
31⁄2"
4"
41⁄2"
59⁄16"
65⁄8"

PS 1100
Size
1"
11⁄2"
2"
3"
31⁄2"
4"
5"
6"

Wt./
100 pcs
24
42
54
65
84
107
123
163

B

1⁄4" Maple
Separator

Use With: All 15⁄8" Wide Channel

Use With: All 15⁄8" Channels.

Assembly: Maple Part, Pipe Clamp Assembly

Assembly: Maple Part, 3 Stud Bolts, 3 Spring Nuts,
3 Square Nuts, 3 Washers

NOTE: Specify Cable Diameter

■

4"

PS 1801 – Square Maple Cable Clamps

15⁄8"

Hole Size

A

Inside
Diameter
Size
0"– 1"
1"– 11⁄2"
B 11⁄2"– 2"
2"– 21⁄2"
21⁄2" – 3"
3"– 31⁄2"
31⁄2"– 4"

Wt./
A & B 100 pcs
31⁄2"
84
4"
102
41⁄2"
121
1
5 ⁄2"
165
6"
189
61⁄2"
215
7"
243

Use With: All 15⁄8" Wide Channels.
Assembly: Maple Part, 2 Stud Bolts, 2 Washers,
2 Spring Nuts, 2 Square Nuts

Type
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6

Bus
Bar
Size
1
⁄4 x 2"
1
⁄4 x 2"
1
⁄4 x 2"
1
⁄4 x 2"
1
⁄4 x 2"
1
⁄4 x 2"
1
⁄4 x 4"
1
⁄4 x 4"
1
⁄4 x 4"
1
⁄4 x 4"
1
⁄4 x 4"
1
⁄4 x 4"
1
⁄4 x 6"
1
⁄4 x 6"
1
⁄4 x 6"
1
⁄4 x 6"
1
⁄4 x 6"
1
⁄4 x 6"

A
81⁄2"
91⁄2"
101⁄2"
111⁄2"
121⁄2"
131⁄2"
81⁄2"
91⁄2"
101⁄2"
111⁄2"
121⁄2"
131⁄2"
81⁄2"
91⁄2"
101⁄2"
111⁄2"
121⁄2"
131⁄2"

B
53⁄8"
53⁄8"
53⁄8"
53⁄8"
53⁄8"
53⁄8"
73⁄8"
73⁄8"
73⁄8"
73⁄8"
73⁄8"
73⁄8"
93⁄8"
93⁄8"
93⁄8"
93⁄8"
93⁄8"
93⁄8"

# of
Separa- Wt./
tors 100 pcs
0
360
2
400
4
430
6
460
8
490
10
520
0
421
2
465
4
509
6
553
8
597
10
631
0
567
2
628
4
689
6
750
8
811
10
872

NOTE: Special maple clamps can be made to order.
Specify Cable Diameter.
126

ENGINEERING CATALOG

CONCRETE INSERTS
A selection of heavy-duty to light-duty
“continuous” and “spot” concrete
inserts is available for use in pre-cast,
pre-stressed or poured-in-place concrete
floors, walls or ceilings.

■ MATERIAL:
Power-Strut continuous slotted concrete inserts are cold formed from
structural quality strip steel.

■ STANDARD LENGTHS:
Standard lengths are 10 or 20 feet. Non-standard lengths from 3 inches
to 20 feet are also available.

■ STANDARD FINISH:
Power-Strut continuous-slotted concrete inserts are available in plain or
pre-galvanized finishes. Closure strips (CS) are made of plastic and end
caps (EC) are pre-galvanized.

■ ORDERING INFORMATION:
When ordering, add the length or size and finish to the part number.
See pages 8-10 for finish abbreviations and an example.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

127

CONCRETE INSERTS
Finish: Plain, Pregalvanized or Hot-Dipped Galvanized Stock Thickness: .105 (12 ga.) Stock Length: 20 feet
Other lengths made to order Order By: No. and Size

PS 349 – Continuous Concrete Insert (15⁄8" x 13⁄8")

13

⁄16"

1 1⁄2"
7

2 ⁄8"

8"

12 Ga.

1 3⁄8"
1 5⁄8"

PS 6151

PS 6151

Choice of end cap is based on the distance from the end
of the insert to the first anchor as shown below.

>2"

≤2"
1

2 7⁄8"
(73.0)

3"
1"

PS 653

⁄8"

PS 656

Furnished with steel end caps and plastic closure strips installed
• Use channel nuts designed for
PS 300 Channel.
• Nail or anchor the inserts to
forms every 16" to 24"

128

Part No.
PS 349 3" CS/EC
PS 349 4" CS/EC
PS 349 6" CS/EC
PS 349 8" CS/EC
PS 349 1' CS/EC
PS 349 1'4" CS/EC
PS 349 1'8" CS/EC
PS 349 2' CS/EC
PS 349 2'8" CS/EC
PS 349 3' CS/EC
PS 349 4' CS/EC
PS 349 5' CS/EC
PS 349 6' CS/EC
PS 349 7' CS/EC
PS 349 8' CS/EC
PS 349 9' CS/EC
PS 349 10' CS/EC
PS 349 12' CS/EC
PS 349 14' CS/EC
PS 349 16' CS/EC
PS 349 18' CS/EC
PS 349 20' CS/EC
PS 349 10' W/O
PS 349 20' W/O

End Cap
PS 653
PS 653
PS 653
PS 653
PS 653
PS 656
PS 653
PS 656
PS 656
PS 653
PS 656
PS 653
PS 656
PS 653
PS 656
PS 653
PS 656
PS 656
PS 656
PS 656
PS 656
PS 656
Insert Only
Insert Only

Wt./100 pcs
PLN
Load Data*
72
500 lbs
87
800 lbs.
117
1,000 lbs.
147
1,200 lbs.
194
2,000 lbs.
253
2,000 lbs./ft.
312
2,000 lbs./ft.
371
2,000 lbs./ft.
490
2,000 lbs./ft.
549
2,000 lbs./ft.
727
2,000 lbs./ft.
905
2,000 lbs./ft.
1,082
2,000 lbs./ft.
1,260
2,000 lbs./ft.
1,438
2,000 lbs./ft.
1,615
2,000 lbs./ft.
1,793
2,000 lbs./ft.
2,148
2,000 lbs./ft.
2,504
2,000 lbs./ft.
2,859
2,000 lbs./ft.
3,215
2,000 lbs./ft.
3,570
2,000 lbs./ft.
1,777 *uniform recommended loading
3,554 on inserts in 3,000 psi concrete.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

CONCRETE INSERTS
Finish: Plain, Pregalvanized or Hot-Dipped Galvanized Stock Length: 20 feet Other lengths made to order
Order By: No. and Size

PS 449 – Continuous Concrete Insert (15⁄8" x 1")
13

⁄16"

1 1⁄2"
1

2 ⁄2"
1"

12 Ga.

1 5⁄8"

PS 6151

8"

PS 6151

Choice of end cap is based on the distance from the
end of the insert to the first anchor as shown below.

>2"

≤2"
1

⁄8"

27 ⁄ 8 "
1"

2 1 ⁄4 "
PS 654

PS 901

Furnished with steel end caps and plastic closure strips installed

• Use channel nuts designed
for PS 400 Channel.
• Nail or anchor the inserts to
forms every 16" to 24"

Part No.
PS 449 3" CS/EC
PS 449 4" CS/EC
PS 449 6" CS/EC
PS 449 8" CS/EC
PS 449 1' CS/EC
PS 449 1'4" CS/EC
PS 449 1'8" CS/EC
PS 449 2' CS/EC
PS 449 2'8" CS/EC
PS 449 3' CS/EC
PS 449 4' CS/EC
PS 449 5' CS/EC
PS 449 6' CS/EC
PS 449 7' CS/EC
PS 449 8' CS/EC
PS 449 9' CS/EC
PS 449 10' CS/EC
PS 449 12' CS/EC
PS 449 14' CS/EC
PS 449 16' CS/EC
PS 449 18' CS/EC
PS 449 20' CS/EC
PS 449 10' W/O
PS 449 20' W/O

ENGINEERING CATALOG

End Cap
PS 654
PS 654
PS 654
PS 654
PS 654
PS 901
PS 654
PS 901
PS 901
PS 654
PS 901
PS 654
PS 901
PS 654
PS 901
PS 654
PS 901
PS 901
PS 901
PS 901
PS 901
PS 901
Insert Only
Insert Only

Wt./100 pcs
PLN
Load Data*
62
500 lbs
74
600 lbs.
99
800 lbs.
124
1,000 lbs.
163
1,600 lbs./ft.
213
1,600 lbs./ft.
263
1,600 lbs./ft.
313
1,600 lbs./ft.
414
1,600 lbs./ft.
464
1,600 lbs./ft.
615
1,600 lbs./ft.
766
1,600 lbs./ft.
916
1,600 lbs./ft.
1,079
1,600 lbs./ft.
1,218
1,600 lbs./ft.
1,368
1,600 lbs./ft.
1,519
1,600 lbs./ft.
1,820
1,600 lbs./ft.
2,122
1,600 lbs./ft.
2,423
1,600 lbs./ft.
2,725
1,600 lbs./ft.
3,026
1,600 lbs./ft.
1,507 *uniform recommended loading
3,014 on inserts in 3,000 psi concrete.

129

CONCRETE INSERTS
■

■

PS 656, PS 901 – Type 'A' End Cap

PS 653 – Type 'B' End Cap

3"
PS 300, PS 349

Part No.
PS 656
PS 901

Use With
Insert
PS 349
PS 449

Finish
PGAL
PGAL

Wt./
100 pcs
8
6

Finish: Pre-galvanized

Weight/100 pcs: 14 lbs.

■

■

PS 654 – Type 'B' End Cap

PS 1154 – Splice Connection

27⁄8"
PS 400, PS 449

15⁄8"

Finish: Pre-galvanized

Use With: PS 349
Weight/100 pcs: 10 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 12 lbs.

■

PS 6151 – Plastic Closure Strip

.040"

Material: Plastic
Stock Length: 10 ft.

11⁄16"

Use With: All 15⁄8" channel and inserts to prevent
concrete seepage

Weight/100 pcs: 47 lbs.
130

ENGINEERING CATALOG

CONCRETE INSERTS
■

PS 285 – Light Weight Concrete Insert

■

PS 285 N – Concrete Insert Nut
(for use with PS 285)

21⁄4"
13

⁄16"

15⁄8"

A"

2"
3"

Rod
Size
1
⁄4"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"

Load
Rating
230
400
400

Finish: Plain or Electro-galvanized

ENGINEERING CATALOG

Wt./
100 pcs
46
49
49

Part No.
PS 285
PS 285
PS 285

Rod
Size
1
⁄4"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"

A
5
⁄16"
5
⁄16"
7
⁄16"

Wt./
100 pcs
6
5
6

Finish: Plain or Electro-galvanized

131

CONCRETE INSERTS
■

PS 680 – Concrete Deck Insert

1 1⁄2"
13

6"

⁄32" Hole
9

⁄16"

4"

Jam Nut
Recommended

1

1 ⁄4"
8"

Note: Rod is electro-galvanized and plate is plain.

132

Part No.
PS 680–3⁄8"
PS 680–1⁄2"
PS 680–5⁄8"

Wt./
100 pcs
86
105
130

Load
Rating
610
1,130
1,810

ENGINEERING CATALOG

JUNIOR CHANNEL
Power-Strut junior channel sections
are cold formed from prime quality
cold rolled steel. Junior channel fittings
are punched from hot rolled,
pickled and oiled steel.

■ STANDARD LENGTHS:

Standard length is 10 feet at a tolerance of ±1⁄16 inches. Shorter lengths
are available for a small cutting charge.

■ STANDARD DIMENSIONS FOR FITTINGS:
Fitting Thickness:
Fitting Width:
Hole Diameter:
Hole Spacing:

1

⁄"
⁄ "
⁄ "
1 ⁄ " on centers and 13⁄32" from end.
8
13
16
9
32
1
16

■ STANDARD FINISH:
PS 600J and PS 700J junior channels are available in a galvanized or
painted green finish. All junior channel fittings are available in electrogalvanized finish.

■ ORDERING INFORMATION:
When ordering, add the length or size and finish to the part number.
See pages 8-10 for finish abbreviations and an example.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

133

JUNIOR CHANNEL
Finish: Electro-galvanized Stock Width: 13⁄16” Stock Thickness: 1⁄8” Stock Length: 10 feet Order By: Part No. and Size
Hole Spacing: 13⁄32” from end, 11⁄16” on center Hole Diameter: 9⁄32”

■

PS 600J – Channel (13⁄16" x

13

⁄16" x 19 ga.)

13

⁄16"
⁄16"

7
3

⁄16"

3

13

⁄32"

⁄16"

3

⁄16"
.463"
X

.350"
Y

BEAM LOADING DATA – PS 600J CHANNEL

COLUMN LOADING DATA – PS 600J CHANNEL

Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
In
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
18
220
0.06
220
220
170
24
170
0.11
170
150
100
30
130
0.18
130
90
60
36
110
0.26
90
70
40
42
100
0.35
60
50
30
48
80
0.45
50
40
20
54
70
0.58
40
30
20
60
70
0.71
30
20
20

Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
18
570
1,650
1,340
960
670
24
450
1,210
840
540
370
30
340
820
540
350
240
36
270
570
370
240
170
42
210
420
280
180
120
48
170
320
210
130
90
54
140
250
170
110
**
60
120
200
130
**
**

Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading. For concentrated load at center
of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply corresponding deflection by 0.8. This load table is based on a solid
channel section.

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis

Y-Y Axis

Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)

Area of
Section
(Inch2)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

35

0.103

.009

.020

.294

.012

.028

.333

134

ENGINEERING CATALOG

JUNIOR CHANNEL
Finish: Electro-galvanized Stock Width: 13⁄16” Stock Thickness: 1⁄8” Stock Length: 10 feet Order By: Part No. and Size
Hole Spacing: 13⁄32” from end, 11⁄16” on center Hole Diameter: 9⁄32”

■

PS 700J – Channel (13⁄16" x

13

⁄32" x 19 ga.)

3

⁄16"

13
⁄16"
7
⁄16"
3

3

⁄16"

⁄32"

.243"

13

⁄32" X
Y

BEAM LOADING DATA – PS 700J CHANNEL
Max
Defl. at
Allowable Uniform Uniform Loading at Deflection
Span Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
In
Lbs
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
18
80
0.10
80
60
40
24
60
0.18
40
30
20
30
50
0.28
30
20
10
36
40
0.40
20
10
10

.163"

COLUMN LOADING DATA – PS 700J CHANNEL
Maximum
Allowable
Unbraced
Load Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Height at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2
In
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
Lbs
18
320
970
720
470
330
24
230
620
410
260
180
30
170
400
260
**
**
36
130
280
180
**
**

Column loads are for allowable axial loads and must be reduced for eccentric loading. For concentrated load at center
of span, divide uniform load by 2 and multiply corresponding deflection by 0.8. This load table is based on a solid
channel section.

ELEMENTS OF SECTION
X-X Axis

Y-Y Axis

Weight
(lbs./100 ft.)

Area of
Section
(Inch2)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

Moment
of Inertia
(Inch4)

Section
Modulus
(Inch3)

Radius of
Gyration
(Inch)

24

0.072

0.002

0.007

0.148

0.007

0.017

0.306

ENGINEERING CATALOG

135

JUNIOR CHANNEL
Finish: Electro-galvanized Stock Width: 13⁄16” Stock Thickness: 1⁄8” Stock Length: 10 feet Order By: Part No. and Size
Hole Spacing: 13⁄32” from end, 11⁄16” on center Hole Diameter: 9⁄32”

■

PS 3017 – Junior Channel Nuts

Size
8-32
10-32
10-24
1
⁄4"

PS 4017 – Junior Channel Nuts

Size
8-32
10-32
10-24
1
⁄4"

Wt./100 pcs
1
1
1
1

Use With: PS 600J channel

■

■

Wt./100 pcs
1
1
1
1

Use With: PS 700J channel

PS 2013 – Square Washer

■

PS 2014 – Two-Hole Splice Plate
17⁄8"

13⁄16"

Weight/100 pcs: 2 lbs.

■

PS 2015 – Three-Hole Splice Plate

Weight/100 pcs: 5 lbs.

■

PS 2016 – Four-Hole Splice Plate

215⁄16"
4"

Weight/100 pcs: 8 lbs.

■

PS 2033 – Flat Angle Plate
17⁄8"

Weight/100 pcs: 11 lbs.

■

PS 2034 – Tee Plate
215⁄16"

17⁄8"
7

1 ⁄8"

Weight/100 pcs: 8 lbs.
136

Weight/100 pcs: 11 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

JUNIOR CHANNEL
Finish: Electro-galvanized Stock Width: 13⁄16” Stock Thickness: 1⁄8” Stock Length: 10 feet Order By: Part No. and Size
Hole Spacing: 13⁄32” from end, 11⁄16” on center Hole Diameter: 9⁄32”

■

PS 2008 – Two-Hole Corner Angle

■

PS 2017 – Two-Hole Corner Angle

11⁄8"
15

13

⁄16"

⁄16"

11⁄4"

Weight/100 pcs: 5 lbs.

■

PS 2018 – Three-Hole Corner Angle

Weight/100 pcs: 5 lbs.

■

1 1⁄ 8 "

27

⁄32"

2"

25⁄16"

Weight/100 pcs: 8 lbs.

■

PS 2037 – Three-Hole Corner Angle

PS 2025 – Three-Hole Corner Angle

Weight/100 pcs: 8 lbs.

■

PS 2019 –Four-Hole Corner Angle

2

17⁄8"
23⁄16"

11⁄4"

Weight/100 pcs: 8 lbs.

■

PS 2024 – Four-Hole Corner Angle

Weight/100 pcs: 11 lbs.

■

PS 2023 R or L – Four-Hole Shelf Bracket
17⁄8"

17⁄8"
25⁄16"

25⁄16"

27

⁄32"

27

⁄32"

Note: Specify R (right) or L (left) when ordering
Right Hand Illustrated
Weight/100 pcs: 11 lbs.
Weight/100 pcs: 19 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

137

JUNIOR CHANNEL
Finish: Electro-galvanized Stock Width: 13⁄16” Stock Thickness: 1⁄8” Stock Length: 10 feet Order By: Part No. and Size
Hole Spacing: 13⁄32” from end, 11⁄16” on center Hole Diameter: 9⁄32”

■

■

PS 2010 – Zee Support

PS 2026 –Zee Support

17⁄8"

13

⁄16"
13⁄32"

11⁄16"
13⁄32"

Use With: PS 600J

Use With: PS 700J

Weight/100 pcs: 6 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 7 lbs

■

■

PS 2011 – "U" Support

PS 2029 – End Cap

215⁄16"
27

⁄32"

13

⁄16"

Use With: PS 600J

Use With: PS 600J

Weight/100 pcs: 2 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 12 lbs.

■

PS 2041 – Tubing Clamps

Tubing Size

9⁄32"

PS 700J

138

Dia. Hole

Size
Wt./
Tubing O.D. 100 pcs
1
⁄4"
2
3
⁄8"
2
1
⁄2"
2
5
⁄8"
2
3
⁄4"
3
7
⁄8"
3
1"
3

ENGINEERING CATALOG

POWER-ANGLE®
A complete support system that's
versatile, economical and easy to use.
• No drilling, welding or
special tools necessary
• Fast, efficient bolt-together
construction
• Easy to change and adjust

■ STANDARD LENGTHS:
Standard lengths are 10' and 12'. Slotted angle is shipped in ten-piece
bundles complete with 75 pieces of 3⁄8" - 16 x 3⁄4" hex head bolts and
3
⁄8" nuts.

■ STANDARD FINISH:
Available in two durable, long-lasting finishes;
pre-galvanized or Power–Green™.

■ ORDERING INFORMATION:
When ordering, add the length or size and finish to the part number.
See pages 8-10 for finish abbreviations and an example.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

139
139

POWER-ANGLE®
Finish: Pregalvanized or Acrylic Green Stock Thickness: .075 (14 ga.) Stock Length: 10 and 12 feet
Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

PA 158 – Light Duty
(15⁄8" x 15⁄8" x 14 ga.)

■

PA 238 – Medium Duty
(15⁄8" x 23⁄8" x 14 ga.)

■

PA 318 – Heavy Duty
(15⁄8" x 31⁄8" x 12 ga.)

15⁄8"

15⁄8"

15⁄8"

11⁄2"

11⁄2"

⁄4" 3
⁄4"

3

⁄4" 3
⁄4"

3

⁄4" 3
⁄4"

3

■

PA 1Sc – Swivel Caster

■

PA 1GP – Gusset Plate

Weight/100 pcs: 9 lbs.
140

PA 1RC – Rigid Caster

Weight/100 ft.: 130 lbs.

■

PA 1SNB – Serrated Nuts
and Bolts (Package of 75
nuts and 75 bolts)

Weight/100 pcs: 7 lbs.

PA 1HDC –
Portable Cutter

Weight/each: 17 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 110 lbs.

■

31⁄8"

Note: Includes Serrated
Nuts & Bolts

Weight/100 ft.: 80 lbs.

Weight/100 pcs: 170 lbs.

■

23⁄8"

15⁄8"

Weight/100 ft.: 66 lbs.

11⁄2"

■

PA 1RP – Slotted Strap

Weight/100 pcs: 35 lbs.
ENGINEERING CATALOG

POWER-ANGLE®
■

Beam Load Calculations

The beam loading depends on which slotted angle is used and
the manner in which the beam is constructed. The diagrams on
the next page show how individual slotted angle components
can be combined to form a beam. The loading for each beam
configuration is shown in the beam loading tables on the
following pages.
Example - Load “A”
Load “A” is supported by two 48"
sections of PA-238 (15⁄8" x 23⁄8").
The 48" row of Table 2 (page
143) indicates what each beam
configuration will support. Since
the columns are sorted from
lowest to highest load, the first
configuration that satisfies the
requirement is "J" which will
support 1,110 lbs.

B
00

LB

S.

4'

3'

Transverse Stiffeners

When supporting concentrated loads, the
capacity of a pair of slotted-angle
beams can be increased by the
addition of transverse stiffeners. These should be placed
immediately under the load
bearing point. The slotted-angle
segment used as the stiffener is bolted
into place using a metal connector at each
junction.

3'-6''
Max.

A

1,0

00

LB

S.

4'

3'

Beams that are 6' long or less require only one stiffener in the
center of the span. Seven-foot beams need two stiffeners
placed 2' from each end. Eight-ffot beams require two
stiffeners 2'6" from the ends. For beams with a nine-foot
span, it is necessary to have three stiffeners at 2'3" intervals.
Ten-foot beams need three stiffeners with 2'6" spacings.
For maximum effectiveness, transverse stiffeners should
never be spaced more than 3'6" apart.
Note: All loads based on actual physical testing. Documentation available on request.

Example - Load “B”
1,0

■

Load “B” is supported by two 36"
sections of PA-238 (15⁄8" x 23⁄8").
The 36" row of Table 2 (Page 143)
indicates what each beam
configuration will support. Since
the columns are sorted from
lowest to highest load, the first
configuration that satisfies the
requirement is "I" which will
support 1,100 lbs.

Example - Load “C”
1,0

C

Load “C” is supported by all four
00
LB
beam sections. The load is distribS.
uted uniformly on two 3' and two 4'
beams which total 14' of supporting
4'
3'
beam length. Dividing the 1,000 lb.
load by 14-feet equals 72 lbs. per
foot. Using the two longest (weakest) lengths, calculate the
total weight as follows:
2 (beams) x 4' (length) x 72 lbs./ft. = 576 lbs. total weight
The 36" row of Table 2 (Page 143) indicates what each
beam configuration will support. Since the columns are
sorted from lowest to highest load, the first configuration that
satisfies the requirement is "H" which will support 680 lbs.
and is adequate for this requirement. The 3-foot beams
configured in the same manner will support the load because
they are shorter and stronger.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

■

Column Load Calculations

Column sections are calculated as described in the following
example: (Assumes use of PA-238 15⁄8" x 23⁄8", material.)
Since all load areas are supported equally by the 4-columns,
the calculations are based on
a single-column section.
Section MN is one-fourth of
“X”, or 250 pounds. Column
section NP supports onefourth of “Y” (250 pounds)
plus the load supported by
MN, or a total of 500 pounds.
Section PQ supports onefourth of “Z” (250 pounds)
plus the 500 pound load on
section NP, or a total of 750
pounds.

M

1,0 X
00
LB
S

.

N

1,0 Y
00
LB

3'

1,0 Z
00
LB
S

3'

S.

P

.

Column loads are based on
Q
3'
free and unbraced column
lengths. Since MN, NP and
PQ are each 3' long, the load
requirement is for a 36"
section that will bear 750 pounds safely. A reference to Table
5 (Page 144) indicates that all sections designated “A” will
support 2,280 lbs. and meet the necessary requirements.
Note: To simplify assembly, we recommend using the same
size material as for the horizontal members. This would be
found in Table 2 to match the 14 gauge 15⁄8" x 23⁄8" material
selected for the beams of this structure.

141

POWER-ANGLE®
Finish: Pregalvanized or Acrylic Green Stock Thickness: .075 (14 ga.) Stock Length: 10 and 12 feet
Order By: No., Size and Finish

■

■

Beam Configurations (See corresponding letters in table on following page for load data)

G – Two Single Pieces (Up)

H – Two Single Pieces (Level)

I – Two Single Pieces (Down)

J – Two Z-Sections

K – Two Narrow Channels

L – Two Broad Channels

M – Two T-Sections

N – Two I-Section

O – Two J-Sections

Beam Configurations With Stiffeners (See corresponding letters in table on
following page for load data)

P – Single Pieces w/Stiffner

142

Q – T-Sections w/Stiffener

R – Z-Sections w/Stiffener

R – I-Sections w/Stiffener

ENGINEERING CATALOG

POWER-ANGLE®
Finish: Pregalvanized or Acrylic Green Stock Thickness: .075 (14 ga.) Stock Length: 10 and 12 feet
Order By: No., Size and Finish

Beam Loads PA 158 – Light Duty (15⁄8" x 15⁄8" x 14 ga.)

Beam Span (Inches)

TABLE 1

■

G
550
370
280
220
180
•
•
•
•

24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120

Beam Load in Pounds*
Beam Configuration (See Previous Page)
H
I
P
L
830
830
920
1,600
560
560
610
1,070
420
420
460
800
330
330
370
640
280
280
310
530
240
240
260
460
210
210
230
400
•
•
•
360
•
•
•
320

R
1,700
1,130
850
680
570
490
430
380
340

M
1,840
1,230
920
740
610
530
460
410
370

Beam Loads PA 238 – Medium Duty (15⁄8" x 23⁄8" x 14 ga.)

Beam Span (Inches)

TABLE 2

■

24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120

G
700
460
350
280
230
•
•
•
•

H
1,020
680
510
410
340
290
260
•
•

I
1,660
1,100
830
660
550
470
410
•
•

Beam Load in Pounds*
Beam Configuration (See Previous Page)
P
J
L
R
M
1,740
2,220
3,170
3,230
3,490
1,160
1,480
2,110
2,150
2,320
870
1,110
1,580
1,620
1,740
700
890
1,270
1,290
1,390
580
740
1,060
1,080
1,160
500
630
910
920
1,000
440
550
790
810
870
•
490
700
720
770
•
440
630
650
700

K
3,590
2,390
1,800
1,440
1,200
1,030
900
800
720

Q
3,630
2,420
1,810
1,450
1,210
1,040
910
810
730

O
6,060
4,040
3,030
2,420
2,020
1,730
1,520
1,350
1,210

N
7,560
5,040
3,780
3,020
2,520
2,160
1,890
1,680
1,510

K
9,990
6,660
4,990
4,000
3,330
2,850
2,500
2,220
2,000

Q
10,170
6,780
5,080
4,070
3,390
2,910
2,540
2,260
2,030

O
14,600
9,730
7,300
5,840
4,870
4,170
3,650
3,240
2,920

N
16,120
10,750
8,060
6,450
5,370
4,610
4,030
3,580
3,220

Beam Loads PA 318 – Heavy Duty (15⁄8" x 31⁄8" x 12 ga.)

Beam Span (Inches)

TABLE 3

24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120

G
1,790
1,200
900
720
600
•
•
•
•

H
1,610
1,070
810
640
540
460
400
•
•

I
4,300
2,870
2,150
1,720
1,430
1,230
1,080
•
•

Beam Load in Pounds*
Beam Configuration (See Previous Page)
P
J
L
R
M
4,960
6,520
7,910
8,070
9,920
3,310
4,350
5,270
5,380
6,610
2,480
3,260
3,950
4,030
4,960
1,980
2,610
3,160
3,230
3,970
1,650
2,170
2,640
2,690
3,310
1,420
1,860
2,260
2,300
2,830
1,240
1,630
1,980
2,020
2,480
1,100
1,450
1,760
1,790
2,200
990
1,300
1,580
1,610
1,980

* Based on simple beam condition with uniform loads on parallel beams.
To determine concentrated load capacity at mid-span, multiply uniform load by 0.5.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

143

POWER-ANGLE®
Finish: Pregalvanized or Acrylic Green Stock Thickness: .075 (14 ga.) Stock Length: 10 and 12 feet
Order By: No., Size and Finish

COLUMN SECTIONS
(See corresponding letters in table on following page for
load data)

COLUMN LOAD

■

PA 158 – Light Duty (15⁄8" x 15⁄8" x 14 ga.)

TABLE 4
B – T-Section

B – Broad
Channel Section

Column Height
(Inches)

A – Single Piece

■
B – Narrow
Channel Section

C – Uneven
T-Section

Column Load in Pounds*
Column Sections
(See Left Side of Page)
A
B
36"
1,450
3,850
48"
1,150
3,500
60"
950
3,000
72"
750
2,500

PA 238 – Medium Duty (15⁄8" x 23⁄8" x 14 ga.)

C – Uneven
Channel Section

D – Dual
Channel Section

D – T-Channel
Section

D – T-Channel
Section

Column Height (Inches)

TABLE 5

■

Column Load in Pounds*
Column Sections (See Left Side of Page)
A
B
C
D
E
36"
2,280
4,760 4,940 7,270 9,520
48"
1,970
4,490 4,680 6,920 8,970
60"
1,520
3,995 4,310 6,370 7,990
72"
1,070
3,140 3,870 5,840 6,280
84"
660
2,340 3,665 4,930 4,660
96"
•
1,750 2,700 3,850 3,500
108"
•
•
2,060 2,870
•
120"
•
•
1,610 2,690
•

F
9,865
9,330
8,620
7,715
6,740
5,365
4,115
3,210

PA 318 – Heavy Duty (15⁄8" x 31⁄8" x 12 ga.)

E – I-Section

F – Uneven I-Section

Column Height (Inches)

TABLE 6

36"
48"
60"
72"
84"
96"
108"
120"

Column Load in Pounds*
Column Sections (See Left Side of Page)
A
B
C
D
E
3,470 7,970 8,770 12,560 15,940
2,870 7,360 8,580 11,970 14,750
1,970 6,570 8,180 11,360 13,160
1,280 5,270 7,690 10,480 10,560
•
3,670 6,970 9,470
7,370
•
2,580 6,260 8,370
5,170
•
•
5,460 6,880
•
•
•
4,460 5,370
•

F
17,550
17,150
16,360
15,360
13,970
12,570
10,970
8,960

* Column Loads are concentric without intermediate lateral support.

144

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FIBERGLASS

The installation of fiberglass channel and
accessories is similar to the installation of
metallic channel and accessories. All
standard installation practices and
procedures apply. In general, special
handling is not required. Fabrication of
Aickinstrut components requires just three
simple operations; cutting, drilling and
sealing.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

145

FIBERGLASS
Fabrication

Chemical Resistance

Cutting – Cutting can be accomplished with a wide variety of
saws. Hand held saws, such as hack saws (24 to 32 teeth per
inch) are suitable when a few number of cuts are required. For
frequent cutting, a circular power saw with a carbide-tipped
masonry blade yields the best results and the greatest
number of cuts. When using a power saw, dust filter masks,
gloves and long sleeve clothing should be worn.
Drilling – Any standard twist bit, even when used with batterypowered drills will work well. Carbide-tipped drill bits are
recommended.
Sealing – To protect against future migration of corrosive
elements into the cut sections, all cuts and holes should be
properly sealed using Aickincoat or Aickinzap.

Each resin family has its own specifications regarding its
performance against corrosion resistance. Use the following
chart to determine which Aickinstrut material system will
provide the best performance for your particular application.
The results in the chart are based upon immersion for a 24
hour period. This is typically the “worst case” exposure to
corrosion. Less severe contact such as spills, splashes and
vapor condensate will exceed the performance results listed in
the table.

Loading
Channel loading is defined on pages 152 to 153. Additional
loading and design limitations for fittings and accessories are
described in the appropriate section for that part.

Material
Aickinstrut components utilize a combination of materials from
the following resin families covering distinct temperature
ranges:
Material
Code
E
P
V
PU
PP
N

Low/High
Temperature
-25°F/130°F
-35°F/200°F
-35°F/200°F
-40°F/140°F
-30°F/150°F
-20°F/150°F

Material
PVC (extruded)
Polyester (pultruded)
Vinyl ester (pultruded)
Polyurethane (injection molded)
Polypropylene (injection molded)
Nylon (injection molded)

The temperature ranges indicated are meant to be used only
as a general guideline. Continual exposure to elevated
temperatures reduces the strength properties of plastics and
glass reinforced fiberglass. Actual resin test data confirms that
a 50% reduction in strength occurs at the extreme high
temperature levels.

146

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FIBERGLASS
Chemical Compatibility Table
Series E
(Rigid PVC)
70°-160°F

Chemical

Acetic Acid, Up to 10%
Acetic Acid, Up to 50%
Acetone, Up to 10%
Aluminum Hydroxide
Ammonium Hydroxide (Aqueous Ammonia), Up to 5%
Ammonium Hydroxide, Up to 10%
Ammonium Hydroxide, Up to 20%
Ammonium Nitrate
Ammonium Phosphate
Ammenium Sulfide, saturated
Aqua Regia, fumes
Benzene NR
Benzoic Acid
Bromine, wet gas
Butylene Glycol, Up to 100%
Butyric Acid, Up to 50%
Calcium Hydroxide
Calcium Hypochlorite
Chlorine, Dry Gas
Chlorine, Wet Gas
Chlorine, Liquid
Chlorine, Water
Chromic Acid, Up to 5%
Copper Chloride
Copper Cyanide
Copper Fluoride
Copper Nitrate
Copper Sulfate
Dechlorinated Brine Storage
Esters, Fatty Acid
Ferric Chloride
Ferrous Chloride
Fluoboric Acid
Fluosilicic Acid, Up to 10%
Fluosilicic Acid, Up to 32%
Formic Acid, Up to 10%
Formic Acid, Up to 50%
Gasoline, Aviation
Green Liquor, Pulp Mill
Hydrochloric Acid Up to 15%
Hydrochloric Acid Up to 37%
Hydrofluoric Acid, Up to 10%
Hydrofluoric Acid, Up to 20%
Hydrogen Chloride, Wet Gas
Hydrogen Sulfide, Wet Gas

R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R

R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
R
NR
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
R

Series P
(Poly/Glass)
70°-160°F

R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
–
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
–
R
R
NR
NR
R
R

R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
–
R
R
R
120°
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
–
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR

Series V
Series K
Series PU
Series N
(Vinyl/Glass) (PVDF) (Polyurethane) (Nylon)
70°-160°F 70°-160°F
70°-160°F
70°-160°F

R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

R
R
NR
R
R
150°
150°
R
R
120°
150°
NR
R
100°
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
100°
R
100°
R
R
R
R
150°
100°
R
R

R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
–
R
R
R
R
–
–
–
R
–
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
–
–
–
R
R
R
–
R
R
–
–
NR
R

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

NR
NR
R
NR
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
R
–
–
R
–
–
NR
–
–
–
NR
R
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
NR
–
NR
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

NR
NR
R
NR
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
R
–
–
R
–
–
NR
–
–
–
NR
R
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
NR
–
NR
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Legend:“NR” indicates “Not Recommended” for use;
“R” indicates “Recommended”;
“–” indicates no information available
ENGINEERING CATALOG

147
147

FIBERGLASS
Chemical Compatibility Table
Chemical

Lactic Acid
Lead Nitrate
Magnesium Hydroxide
Nickel Sulfate, Low pH
Nickel Sulfate, High pH
Nitric Acid, Up to 5%
Nitric Acid, Up to 35%
Nitric Acid, Vapor
Perchloric Acid, Up to 10%
Pickling Liquids, 3-5% H2S04
Phosphoric Acid
Phosphoric Acid, Super or Poly (115%, P20%)
Phosphoric Acid Vapor or Condensate
Potassium Chloride
Potassium Nitrate
Potassium Persulfate
Silver Cyanide, Up to 5%
Sodium Hydroxide, Up to 25%
Sodium Hydroxide, up to 50%
Sodium Hypochlorite, Up to 15%
Sodium Nitrate
Sodium Sulfate
Sodium Sulfide
Sulfuric Acid, Up to 25%
Sulfuric Acid, Up to 50%
Sulfuric Acid, Up to 70%
Sulfuric Acid, Up to 75%
Sulfuric Acid, Up to 80%
Sulfuric Acid, Vapor
Trichlorethylene, Fumes
Trisodium Phosphate
Urea
Vegetable Oils
Vinegar
White Liquor, Pulp Mill

Series E
(Rigid PVC)
70°-160°F

R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R

Series P
(Poly/Glass)
70°-160°F

R
–
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
R
–

NR
–
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
–

Series V
Series K
Series PU
Series N
(Vinyl/Glass) (PVDF) (Polyurethane) (Nylon)
70°-160°F 70°-160°F
70°-160°F
70°-160°F

R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R
150°
150°
R
150°
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
150°
180°
150°
R
R
R
R
R
R
120°
NR
R
120°
R
150°
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

R –
R –
R –
R –
R –
R –
R –
– –
– –
R –
R –
– –
– –
R –
R –
R –
R –
R –
– –
R –
R –
R –
R –
R –
R –
R –
– –
– –
– –
NR –
R –
R –
R –
R R
– –

–
–
R
–
–
–
–
–
NR
–
NR
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
R
NR
–
–
–
NR
–
NR
NR
NR
–
–
–
R
R
R
–

–
–
R
–
–
–
–
–
NR
–
NR
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
R
NR
–
–
–
NR
–
NR
NR
NR
–
–
–
R
R
R
–

Note: The recommendations contained in this table are made without guarantee of representation as to results. Since
the actual use by others is beyond our control, no guarantee, expressed or implied, is made by T.J. Cope, Inc. as to
effects of such use or results to be obtained nor does T.J. Cope, Inc. assume any liability arising out of the use by
others of the products referenced in this table. Nor is the information herein to be construed as absolutely complete
since additional information may be needed or desirable when particular or exceptional conditions or circumstances
exist or because of applicable laws or government regulations. We suggest that you evaluate these recommendations
and suggestions in your own laboratory prior to use. Our responsibility for claims arising from breach of warranty,
negligence, or otherwise is limited to the purchase price of the material.
Legend:“NR” indicates “Not Recommended” for use;
“R” indicates “Recommended”;
“–” indicates no information available
148

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FIBERGLASS
■

Aickinstrut Specifications

1.0 SCOPE
1.1 This specification covers the requirements for
the Aickinstrut Nonmetallic Channel Framing
System.

2.0 MATERIAL
2.1 FRP channel shall be of pultruded glass reinforced polyester or vinyl ester resin having the
physical property values listed in this catalog.
2.2 PVC channel shall be of extruded polyvinyl
chloride having the physical property values
listed in this catalog.
2.3 Some accessories shall be of injection molded,
40% long glass fiber reinforced polyurethane,
polypropylene or nylon.

3.0 COMPOSITION
3.1 Glass reinforced channel shall have a synthetic
surfacing veil applied on exterior surfaces to
improve weatherability and inhibit ultraviolet
degradation. An ultraviolet stabilizer shall be
incorporated in the resin formulation to further
inhibit ultraviolet degradation.
3.2 PVC channel shall be manufactured from a U.V.
stabilized resin and incorporate dark gray pigment to improve weatherability and inhibit
ultraviolet degradation.

4.0 STRUCTURAL DESIGN
4.1 Channel shall incorporate Aickinstrut's patented
flange profile design which allows full and
positive interlocking contact of channel accessories and prohibits premature flange failure from
torqued accessories.
4.2 Channel profile dimensions shall be:

15⁄8" x 15⁄8" x 1⁄4",
11⁄2" x 11⁄2" x 1⁄8" and
11⁄2" x 11⁄8" x 1⁄8".
4.3 All 15⁄8" x 15⁄8" channel profiles shall have a
minimum pull out resistance of 1,000 pounds
when load is applied over a 3⁄8" long section of
the inside flanges.

4.5 Universal Pipe Clamps shall have full interlocking
contact with interior channel flanges to maximize pull-out resistance and be adjustable to
accommodate a minimum 3⁄4" variance in piping
or conduit O.D. sizes.

5.0 STANDARDS
5.1 Glass reinforced and PVC channels covered in
this specification shall have a flame spread rating
of 25 or less when tested per ASTM E84 and meet
the requirements of UL 94V0 thereby qualifying
them as Class 1 material in the Uniform Building
Code.
5.2 Glass reinforced channels covered in this specification shall comply with the requirements of
ASTM D 3917 and ASTM D 4385 which govern
the dimensional tolerance and visual defects of
pultruded shapes.

6.0 GENERAL
6.1 Aickinstrut Nonmetallic Channel Framing shall be
furnished as a system which includes all the
necessary fasteners, channel splice plates,
brackets, sealants, hangers, pipe clamps, etc.
6.2 Nonmetallic fasteners shall be manufactured
from long glass fiber reinforced polyurethane to
ensure maximum strength and corrosion resistance.
6.3 All components of the Aickinstrut Channel
Framing System shall be nonmetallic except
where type 316 stainless steel hardware is used
as part of the assembly.
6.4 Aickinstrut is manufactured by Aickinstrut, a
subsidiary of T. J. Cope, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 1-800-426-4293.
6.5 The manufacturer shall not have had less than 10
years experience in manufacturing strut systems.
6.6 All products are manufactured in the United
States of America.

4.4 Channel section lengths shall be supplied in 10'
or 20' lengths (± 1⁄8").

ENGINEERING CATALOG

149
149

FIBERGLASS
Channel Framing
All Aickinstrut channels, except the SST series, incorporate a
patented flange design which provides reliable fastening and
interlocking of Aickinstrut
components and accessories.
Channels are provided in
Aickinstrut
standard lengths of 10' with
Patented
longer lengths available upon
request. Aickinstrut single
Flange
channels come packaged in
boxes of 100' while the double
channels are packaged in boxes containing 40'.

Aickinstrut channel is available in the following three materials:
• Polyester (P material),
• Vinyl Ester (V material) and
• PVC (E material)

Polyester and Vinyl Ester Materials
The polyester and vinyl ester channels are manufactured from
the pultrusion process. In this process, the component is
made by reinforcing a polymer resin (polyester or vinyl ester)
with multiple strands of glass filament, alternating layers of
glass mat and U.V. resistant surfacing veils. The glass is
drawn through the liquid resin, which coats and saturates the
fibers. The combination of resin, glass and veil is then
continuously guided and pulled (pultruded) through a heated
die that determines the shape of the component.
In the die, the resin is cured to form a permanent, reinforced
part which can be cut to a specific length. Since the hardened
fiberglass pultrusion is reinforced with and internal arrangement of permanently bonded continuous glass fibers, it
possesses great strength.
In addition, pultruded fiberglass components exhibit exceptional corrosion and fire resistance. These attributes make
fiberglass the material of choice for many harsh industrial
applications.
The polyester and vinyl ester channels are color coded.
Polyester channels are colored gray and the vinyl ester
channels are colored beige.

PVC Materials
The PVC channels are manufactured from the extrusion
process. In this process, the component is made by a PVC
resin mixture being continuously fed through a heated die that
determines the shape of the component.
In the die, the resin is cured to form a permanent, extruded
part that can be cut to a specific length. Unlike pultruded
components, extruded components do not incorporate glassreinforcement; consequently, they do not exhibit the same
beam strength as their pultruded counterparts. PVC components, however; exhibit exceptional corrosion and fire resistance. These features make PVC channels an excellent
alternative when excessive beam strength is not required.
PVC channels are color coded dark gray.

150

Channel Availability Chart
The following chart illustrates the availability of materials in the
different channel profiles.

Channel Profile
Polyester(P)
Series 2000, 2200, 2300
X

Vinyl Ester(V) PVC(E)
X
X

Series 1500, 1700, 1800

X

X

N/A

Series 1000, 1200, 1300

X

X

X

Series 2100

X

X

N/A

Series 1600

X

X

N/A

Series 1100

X

X

N/A

■ Concrete Embedment Channel
Part No. 20E-2300
In certain applications, it is necessary to embed a corrosion
resistant channel into a new pouring of concrete. For these
applications, Aickinstrut concrete embedment channel is
recommended.
Aickinstrut embedment channel is
available in three
material types; PVC,
polyester and vinyl ester.
The PVC embedment
channel is extruded as
one piece while the
polyester and vinyl ester embedment channel is a two piece bonded
type design. The PVC embedment
channel is available in the 15⁄8" and 11⁄8" profiles while polyester
and vinyl ester embedment channels are available in all three
profiles (15⁄8", 11⁄2" & 11⁄8").
The embedment channel utilizes two continuous protruding
flanges in the profile base to retain the channel in the concrete.
Mounting the embedment channel flush with the concrete
surface is a convenient way to secure piping, conduits or
electrical enclosures to a wall or ceiling. The PVC embedment
channel is extremely high in strength. When embedded in
3,000 PSI concrete, the concrete will fail before the channel is
pulled out.

Aickinstrut SST Channel
Aickinstrut SST Fiberglass Channel incorporates a standard
channel profile that will accommodate metallic pipe straps and
clamps. SST channel is available in polyester or vinyl ester
resin. All standard styles (solid, slotted, concrete insert and
back-to-back) are also available. Please contact the factory for
loading information for the SST Channel.

NOTE: Aickinstrut SST Channel is not compatible
with the Aickinstrut pipe clamps and channel nuts
shown in this catalog. Please contact Aickinstrut
for information on a complete line of compatible
clamps and channel nuts.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FIBERGLASS
HEAVY DUTY CHANNEL – AICKINSTRUT PROFILE

■

20P-2000, 20V-2000,
20E-2000

■

20P-2200, 20V-2200,
20E-2200

■

20P-2300, 20V-2300,
20E-2200

1"
15⁄8"

1 5 ⁄8 "
1 ⁄8 "
5

1 5 ⁄8 "

1 5 ⁄8 "

1

⁄4 "

■

1 5 ⁄8 "
23⁄8"

20P-2100, 20V-2100

31⁄4"
15⁄8"

MEDIUM DUTY CHANNEL – AICKINSTRUT PROFILE

■

20P-1500, 20V-1500

■

20P-1700, 20V-1700

■

20P-1800, 20V-1800

■

20P-1600, 20V-1600

1"
1 1 ⁄2 "

1 ⁄2 "
1

11⁄2"

1 1 ⁄2 "

11⁄2"

1

⁄4 "

3"

1 1 ⁄2 "
2 3 ⁄8 "

1 1 ⁄2 "

LIGHT DUTY CHANNEL – AICKINSTRUT PROFILE

■

20P-1000, 20V-1000,
20E-1000

■

20P-1200, 20V-1200,
20E-1200

■

20P-1300, 20V-1300,
20E-1300

1"
11⁄8"

11⁄8"
1 ⁄2 "
1

1 1 ⁄2 "

11⁄8"

1

⁄4 "

■

1 1 ⁄2 "
2 3 ⁄8 "

20P-1100, 20V-1100

21⁄4"

1 1 ⁄2 "

HEAVY DUTY CHANNEL – STANDARD PROFILE

■

■

20P-2000-SST,
20V-2000-SST

■

20P-2200-SST,
20V-2200-SST

1"
1 5 ⁄8 "

1 5 ⁄8 "

ENGINEERING CATALOG

15⁄8"
1 5 ⁄8 "

1 5 ⁄8 "

■

20P-2300-SST,
20V-2300-SST

1

⁄4 "

15⁄8"
23⁄8"

20P-2100-SST,
20V-2100-SST

3 1 ⁄4 "
1 5 ⁄8 "

151
151

FIBERGLASS
■

Flange Loading

Pull-out strength is the channel's
resistance to a clamp or fastener
inserted under the flange and put
under tension. For additional
information concerning specific
channels, materials and their pullout strengths, refer to the channel
flange pull-out chart on the right.

Heavy Duty Channel
Pull-Out Strength*
20V-2000
449
20P-2000
360
20E-2000
260
Medium Duty Channel Pull-Out Strength*
20V-1500
229
20P-1500
219
Light Duty Channel
Pull-Out Strength*
20E-1000
239
20P-1000
213
20V-1000
213

FLANGE
LOAD

*Values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor

Section Properties

Y
Y

X

X

X

X

Y

Y

Section
Number
2000
2100
1500
1600
1000
1100

Height
(in.)
1.63
3.26
1.50
3.00
1.13
2.25

Width
(in.)
1.63
1.63
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50

Weight
(lbs./ft.)
0.82
1.64
0.55
1.10
0.47
0.94

Area
(in.2)
1.06
2.12
0.71
1.42
0.61
1.22

................. X - X Axis ...............
I
R
C1
C2
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.)
(in.)
0.31
0.54
0.70
0.93
1.77
0.91
1.63
1.63
0.19
0.52
0.62
0.88
1.02
0.85
1.50
1.50
0.10
0.40
0.51
0.62
0.42
0.59
1.13
1.13

......... Y - Y Axis ..........
I
R
C
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.)
0.42
0.63
0.82
0.85
0.63
0.82
0.25
0.59
0.75
0.49
0.59
0.75
0.22
0.60
0.75
0.44
0.60
0.75

Beam Loading – PVC
The data listed in the Beam Loading Chart reflects testing
conducted on Polyester (Type P) and vinyl ester (Type V)
channels. PVC (Type E) material will differ from the Polyester/
Vinyl ester Beam Loading Chart. To obtain the beam loading for
PVC channel, reduce the load as follows:

(Polyester/Vinyl Ester Beam Load)
PVC Beam Load = ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
4
NOTE: PVC is not recommended for lengths over 24"

152

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FIBERGLASS
Polyester/Vinyl Ester Beam Loading Chart

Span

12"
Span

18"
Span
24"
Span

30"
Span

36"
Span

48"
Span

60"
Span

72"
Span

Part Number
20P/V-2100
20P/V-1600
20P/V-1100
20P/V-2000
20P/V-1500
20P/V-1000
20P/V-2100
20P/V-1600
20P/V-1100
20P/V-2000
20P/V-1500
20P/V-1000
20P/V-2100
20P/V-1600
20P/V-1100
20P/V-2000
20P/V-1500
20P/V-1000
20P/V-2100
20P/V-1600
20P/V-1100
20P/V-2000
20P/V-1500
20P/V-1000
20P/V-2100
20P/V-1600
20P/V-1100
20P/V-2000
20P/V-1500
20P/V-1000
20P/V-2100
20P/V-1600
20P/V-1100
20P/V-2000
20P/V-1500
20P/V-1000
20P/V-2100
20P/V-1600
20P/V-1100
20P/V-2000
20P/V-1500
20P/V-1000
20P/V-2100
20P/V-1600
20P/V-1100
20P/V-2000
20P/V-1500
20P/V-1000

Max. Uniform Beam Load
(Safety Factor - 3:1)
Load (lbs.) Deflection (in.)
5,559
0.028
4,836
0.043
3,804
0.082
3,561
0.102
1,950
0.093
1,629
0.151
3,706
0.064
3,224
0.096
2,536
0.183
2,374
0.230
1,300
0.209
1,086
0.340
2,780
0.113
2,418
0.171
1,902
0.326
1,781
0.410
975
0.371
815
0.605
2,224
0.177
1,934
0.267
1,522
0.509
1,424
0.640
780
0.580
652
0.945
1,853
0.254
1,612
0.384
1,268
0.734
1,187
0.922
650
0.836
543
1.360
1,390
0.452
1,209
0.683
951
1.304
890
1.638
488
1.486
407
2.418
1,112
0.707
967
1.067
761
2.038
712
2.560
390
2.321
326
3.779
927
1.018
806
1.536
634
2.935
594
3.686
325
3.343
272
5.441

ENGINEERING CATALOG

Uniform Load at
Defl. of 1/360 Span
Load (lbs.) Deflection (in.)
5,559
0.033
3,778
0.033
1,556
0.033
1,159
0.033
700
0.033
359
0.033
2,914
0.050
1,697
0.050
691
0.050
515
0.050
311
0.050
160
0.050
1,639
0.067
944
0.067
389
0.067
290
0.067
175
0.067
90
0.067
1,049
0.083
604
0.083
249
0.083
185
0.083
112
0.083
57
0.083
730
0.100
420
0.100
173
0.100
129
0.100
78
0.100
40
0.100
410
0.133
236
0.133
97
0.133
72
0.133
44
0.133
22
0.133
262
0.167
151
0.167
62
0.167
46
0.167
28
0.167
14
0.167
182
0.200
105
0.200
43
0.200
32
0.200
19
0.200
10
0.200

Maximum
Column
Load (lbs.)
9,454
7,007
5,961
5,160
3,439
2,759
8,866
6,501
5,509
4,704
3,136
2,351
8,181
5,909
4,979
4,168
2,778
1,862
7,405
5,236
4,375
3,553
2,369
1,298
6,451
4,482
3,698
2,859
1,906
901
4,534
2,809
2,254
1,636
1,091
507
2,902
1,798
1,442
1,047
698
324
2,015
1,248
1,001
727
485
225
153
153

FIBERGLASS
■

Channel Fittings

Aickinstrut Channel Fittings are required
to fabricate an Aickinstrut structure and
are easily attached to Aickinstrut Channels with channel nuts and polyurethane
fasteners. The fittings are offered in two
types; fabricated (cut from flat stock) or
molded. Fabricated fittings are made
from either polyester or vinyl ester
material. All molded fittings with the
exception of the post bases are molded
in polyurethane. Post bases are also
offered in polypropylene.

Legend
R = Right Hand
L = Left Hand
P Series Fittings are Grey
V Series Fittings are Beige
2500 Series - Flat
2800 Series - Grooved

The 2500 Series Fittings are manufactured from 3⁄8" flat material. The 2800
Series Fittings are manufactured from 3⁄8"
flat material and feature grooves which
stabilize the fittings when mounted to the
open side of the channel. All channel
fittings are provided with 13⁄32" holes
which accommodate 3⁄8" hardware.
Larger diameter holes can be provided
upon special request.

NOTE
Illustrations depict
grooved channel fittings.

■

20P-2500, 20V-2500 (Flat)
20P-2800, 20V-2800 (Grooved)

■

20P-2502, 20V-2502 (Flat)
20P-2802, 20V-2802 (Grooved)

■

20P-2504, 20V-2504 (Flat)
20P-2804, 20V-2804 (Grooved)

4 7 ⁄8 "
6 1 ⁄2 "

3 1 ⁄4 "

■

20P-2506, 20V-2506 (Flat)
20P-2806, 20V-2806 (Grooved)

■

■

50PU-2616

20P-2508, 20V-2508 (Flat)
20P-2808, 20V-2808 (Grooved)

17⁄8"

8 1 ⁄8 "

25⁄32"
71⁄4"

154

3 1⁄ 4 "
3 ⁄4"
1

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FIBERGLASS
■

20P-2510, 20V-2510 (Flat)
20P-2810R, 20V-2810R (Grooved)
20P-2810L, 20V-2810L (Grooved)

■

20P-2512, 20V-2512 (Flat)
20P-2812, 20V-2812 (Grooved)

20P-2514, 20V-2514 (Flat)
20P-2814, 20V-2814 (Grooved)

47⁄8"

4 7⁄ 8"
3 1⁄ 4"

■

■

31⁄4"

20P-2516, 20V-2516 (Flat)
20P-2816R, 20V-2816R (Grooved)
20P-2816L, 20V-2816L (Grooved)

■

3 1 ⁄4 "

3 1 ⁄4 "

20P-2518, 20V-2518 (Flat)
20P-2818, 20V-2818 (Grooved)

■

20P-2520, 20V-2520 (Flat)
20P-2820, 20V-2820 (Grooved)

4 7 ⁄8 "

4 7 ⁄8 "

31⁄4"

47⁄8"

47⁄8"
47⁄8"

■

20P-2522, 20V-2522 (Flat)
20P-2822, 20V-2822 (Grooved)

■

20P-2524, 20V-2524 (Flat)
20P-2824, 20V-2824 (Grooved)

■

20P-2526, 20V-2526 (Flat)
20P-2826, 20V-2826 (Grooved)

3 1 ⁄4 "

47⁄8"

31⁄4"

3 1 ⁄4 "

ENGINEERING CATALOG

47⁄8"

47⁄8"

155
155

FIBERGLASS
■

20P-2528, 20V-2528 (Flat)
20P-2828, 20V-2828 (Grooved)

■

■

20P-2530, 20V-2530 (Flat)
20P-2830, 20V-2830 (Grooved)

20P-2534, 20V-2534 (Flat)
20P-2834, 20V-2834 (Grooved)

81⁄8"

5 1 ⁄4 "
3 5 ⁄8 "

8 1 ⁄8 "

3 1 ⁄4 "

■

■

20P-2541 (Flat)
20V-2541 (Grooved)

47⁄8"

■

20P-2540, 20V-2540 (Flat)
20P-2840, 20V-2840 (Grooved)

31⁄2"

4 7 ⁄8 "

50PU-2611 (Flat)

7
3 1⁄ 2" 1 ⁄ 8"

4 7 ⁄8 "
4"

■

■

50PU-2613 (Flat)

50PU-1508 (11⁄2") 50PU-2008 (15⁄8")

513⁄32"

45°

1 7 ⁄8 "

5 1 ⁄4 "

5 1 ⁄4 "

25⁄32"

156

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FIBERGLASS
■

■

50PU-2045 (15⁄8")

50PU-26361, 50PU-2636A2
50PU-2636B3

■

1) 50PU-2636 – Flat,
without splines
2) 50PU-2636A – Splines
on long side only
3) 50PU-2636B – Splines
on short side only

4"

50PU-2090 (15⁄8")

47⁄8"

47⁄8"

41⁄2"
51⁄2"

■

1 5 ⁄8 "

20PU-5853(15⁄8"), 20PU-5854(11⁄2"),
20PU-5855(1"), 20PP-5853(15⁄8"),
20PP-5854(11⁄2"), 20PP-5855(1")

■

20PU-5903(15⁄8"), 20PU-5904(11⁄2"),
20PU-5905 (1"), 20PP-5903 (15⁄8"),
20PP-5904 (11⁄2"), 20PP-5905 (1")

■

Channel Capping Strip 20E-5000

Supplied in 10
foot lengths
3"

3"

5"

■

5"

6 5⁄8"

Channel Capping Strip is made from PVC
and installs simply by pressing it onto the
channel opening. It is designed to be
used when a cover is desired for the
channel opening (such as concrete
embedment channel).
5"

Channel Spacers 50PU-500SP
Channel spacers are designed to prevent wall compression
under heavy loading conditions. Such loading occurs during
the torquing of hardware for channel fittings. The spacers
are molded from polyurethane and will accommodate 3⁄8"
and 1⁄2" bolts. The spacers are designed to be used only
with 15⁄8" and 11⁄2" channels.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

■

Channel End Cap AIC-EC
The Aickin-End Cap is made from red
PVC and designed for 15⁄8" channel. End
caps are desired when the ends of the
channel need to be enclosed. The AickinEnd Cap easily installs by pressing it onto
the end of the channel opening.

157
157

FIBERGLASS
Pipe Clamps (Design Load Information)
There are two types of piping system loadings, overhead (Type
1) and vertical (Type 2) as described below. All Aickinstrut pipe
straps and clamps show the recommended loading for both
types of loading.

Type 1 Design Load
The design load shown represents
pipes supported below the strut.
The design loads shown are based
on a minimum ultimate failure safety
factor of 3:1

■

Type 2 Design Load
The design loading shown can be
achieved with the addition of a vertical
stop lock assembly (Part #200-4219)
installed directly beneath the pipe
clamp. The adjacent illustration shows
how the vertical stop lock assembly
provides additional support for pipe and
how it can be used to achieve full Type
2 design loads.
Design loads are based on a minimum
clamp slip safety factor or 3:1. It is
recommended that stop lock assemblies be used for all vertical pipe support applications.

Adjustable Pipe Clamps

Aickinstrut Adjustable Pipe Clamps are manufactured from
glass-reinforced polyurethane and are adjustable to accommodate a wide range of outside diameters. They can be utilized
with a variety of piping systems including: PVC, fiberglass,
copper, rigid steel conduit and PVC coated rigid steel conduit.
Aickinclamps sized 61⁄2" – 20" are to be used only in non-load
bearing applications. These are applications where the weight
of the pipe is being supported by Aickinstrut structural members
(see figure on right). Aickinclamps can safely be used in
temperatures up to 160°F. For operating temperatures of 160230°F, it is recommended to use PVDF clamps. PVDF clamps
are available as a special order. Contact the factory for pricing
and availability. Care should be taken not to exceed 3 ft./lbs. of
torque on the adjustable pipe straps.
200-3100 to 200-3140

Part
Number
200-3100
200-3110
200-3120
200-3130
200-3140
200-3150
200-3160
200-3170
200-3180
200-3190
200-3200
200-3210

O.D. Pipe
Size (in.)
1
⁄2 – 11⁄2
1
1 ⁄2 – 21⁄4
21⁄4 – 31⁄4
3 – 4
4 – 61⁄2
61⁄2 – 8
8 – 10
10 – 12
12 – 14
14 – 16
16 – 18
18 – 20

Design Load (lbs.)*
Type 1
Type 2
135
65
135
65
145
70
215
70
215
70
Non-Load Bearing
Non-Load Bearing
Non-Load Bearing
Non-Load Bearing
Non-Load Bearing
Non-Load Bearing
Non-Load Bearing

*Design loads shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.

158

Torque
(ft./lbs.)
10 in./lbs.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
200-3150 to 200-3210

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FIBERGLASS
■

Rigid Pipe Clamps

Aickinstrut Rigid Pipe Clamps resemble the more traditional
style of pipe clamps. These clamps are made from glassreinforced polyurethane and are sized based on the pipe inside
diameter or nominal size.
Polyurethane clamps are recommended for applications up to

PVC
Design
Part
Nominal Sch. 80 and Loads (lbs.)*
Number Size (in.) Rigid Metal Type 1 Type 2
1⁄2
PCR-050
0.840
225
90
3⁄4
PCR-075
1.050
225
90
PCR-100
1
1.315
225
90
1
1.660
225
90
PCR-125
1 ⁄4
PCR-150
11⁄2
1.900
225
90
PCR-200
2
2.375
225
90
PCR-250
21⁄2
2.875
225
90
PCR-300
3
3.500
225
90
PCR-400
4
4.500
300
125
PCR-600
6
6.625
300
125
PCR-800
8
8.625
300
125

FRP Bolt
Size (in.)
3⁄8 x 11⁄4
3⁄8 x 11⁄4
3⁄8 x 11⁄4
3⁄8 x 11⁄4
3⁄8 x 11⁄4
3⁄8 x 11⁄4
3⁄8 x 11⁄4
3⁄8 x 11⁄4
3⁄8 x 11⁄4
3⁄8 x 11⁄4
3⁄8 x 11⁄4

160°F. For high temperature applications (up to 230°F), PVDF
clamps are available as a special order. Contact the factory for
pricing and availability.
Care should be taken not to exceed the recommended torque
values of the rigid pipe clamps.

FRP Bolt
Torque
(ft./lbs.)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

*Design loads shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.

■

Two Hole Pipe Straps

Aickinstrut Two Hole Pipe Straps are designed for use in
securing pipe, conduit and ducts to Aickinstrut Channel. Two
hole fiberglass straps can also be used independently from the
channel for surface mounting. All sizes of the straps are
suitable for load bearing applications.
The two hole pipe straps are manufactured from a fire-retar-

Part
No.
PS050
PS075
PS100
PS200
PS250
PS300
PS350
PS400
PS500
PS600
PS800
PS1000
PS1200
PS1400
PS1600
PS1800

dant, glass reinforced polyester resin. For extreme chemical
environments, the straps can be manufactured from vinyl ester
resin. Larger diameter straps for special applications are also
available. Contact the factory for pricing and availability of vinyl
ester and large diameter straps. Two hole pipe straps should
not be torqued above recommended values.

Dimension Bolt Size Material Design Load (lbs)* Torque
A (in.) B (in.) (in.)
Size (in.) Type 1 Type2
(ft./lbs.)
1
5
1
0.840 4.840
⁄2
⁄4 x 1 ⁄8
135
50
4
1
1
1.050 5.050
⁄2
⁄4 x 15⁄8
135
50
4
1
1
1.315 5.315
⁄2
⁄4 x 15⁄8
135
50
4
1
1
5
2.375 6.375
⁄2
⁄4 x 1 ⁄8
135
50
4
1
1
2.875 6.875
⁄2
⁄4 x 15⁄8
135
50
4
1
1
3.500 7.500
⁄2
⁄4 x 15⁄8
135
50
4
1
1
4.000 8.000
⁄2
⁄4 x 15⁄8
135
50
4
1
1
4.500 8.500
⁄2
⁄4 x 15⁄8
175
60
4
1
1
5.563 9.563
⁄2
⁄4 x 15⁄8
175
60
4
1
1
5
6.625 10.625
⁄2
⁄4 x 1 ⁄8
175
60
4
1
1
8.625 12.625
⁄2
⁄4 x 15⁄8
225
125
4
5
1
10.750 15.750
⁄8
⁄4 x 15⁄8
225
125
10
5
1
12.750 16.250
⁄8
⁄4 x 15⁄8
225
125
10
5
3
14.000 18.000
⁄8
⁄8 x 15⁄8
250
150
10
5
3
16.000 20.000
⁄8
⁄8 x 15⁄8
250
150
10
5
3
5
18.000 23.000
⁄8
⁄8 x 1 ⁄8
250
150
10

*Design loads shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

A
B

Notes: Bolts and channel nuts are sold separately.
When bolting onto 15⁄8" or 11⁄2" channel
a 11⁄4" long bolt is required.

159
159

FIBERGLASS
■

Unisert Channel Insert

Unisert is a polyurethane nonmetallic insert which can be used
with standard cable ties for securing tubing, conduit and cables
to standard metal channels. The Unisert works with all 1 5⁄8"
channel that are 13⁄16" deep or more. One size fits 12, 14 and 16
metal gauge channels. The 200-4101 is used only with metallic
channel. Insert 200-3101 is to be used with Aickinstrut profile
channel.

■

Unisert Channel Insert - with Cable Tie

■

Unisert Channel Insert - Part No. 200-4101

■

Unisert Channel Insert - Part No. 200-3101

Note: For use with metallic channel.
Note: For use with Aickinstrut 2000-1500
series profile channel only.

Nonmetallic U-Bolts
Aickinstrut Nonmetallic U-Bolts provide a corrosion resistant
alternative to traditional metallic U-Bolts. made from glassreinforced polyurethane, these bolts will outlast stainless steel
in most corrosive applications. Nonmetallic U-Bolts have
oversized diameters which allow them to hold steel condiut and
plastic pipe.

The U-Bolts can also be
installed to allow for thermal
expansion and contraction of
plastic pipe as shown here.

Each U-Bolt comes with two polyurethane hex nuts. Additional
nuts and washers cabe purchased separately.

Part
Load
Number Size (in.) “A” Dim. “B” Dim. “C” Dim. “D” Dim.“TL” Dim. (lbs.)*
1
UB-050
⁄2
0.937
0.375
1.568
2.412
1.25
135
3
UB-075
⁄4
1.125
0.375
1.662
2.600
1.25
135
UB-100
1
1.375
0.375
1.787
2.850
1.25
135
UB-125
11⁄4
1.687
0.375
1.943
3.162
1.25
135
UB-150
11⁄2
2.000
0.375
2.100
3.475
1.25
135
UB-200
2
2.437
0.500
2.468
4.187
1.50
135
UB-250
21⁄2
2.937
0.500
2.718
4.687
1.50
135
UB-300
3
3.562
0.500
3.031
5.312
1.50
135
UB-350
31⁄2
4.062
0.500
3.281
5.812
1.50
135
UB-400
4
4.562
0.500
3.531
6.312
1.50
135
UB-600
6
6.750
0.625
5.750
9.875
3.25
135

Torque
(in./lbs.)*
40
40
40
40
40
80
80
80
80
80
120

D
C
TL

B

A

*Torque and load values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.

160

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FIBERGLASS
Fiberfast Bolts
Fiberfast bolts are provided in two styles and four diameters
(1⁄4", 3⁄8", 1⁄2" and 5⁄8") and range in length from 11⁄4" to 31⁄2". The
flanged style incorporates a molded washer collar which
eliminates the need for a washer. The flange style is provided
for 1⁄4" and 1⁄2" diameter bolts. Flanged bolts are available in 3⁄8"
diameter as a special order item. The hex head style is
provided for all 3⁄8" and 5⁄8" diameter bolts. All Fiberfast bolts are

Hex Flange Bolts

not fully threaded, therefore, shoulder length (nonthreaded
portion) dimensions have been provided. Fiberfast bolts are
ideal for mechanical connections that requrie a high degree of
corrosion resistance. The 3⁄8" diameter fasteners are recommended for all channel fitting mechanical connections. All
Fiberfast bolts are manufactured from glass-reinforced polyurethane and are packaged in bags containing 25 pieces.

Hex Bolts
Shoulder
Length

Shoulder
Length

Part
Number
250PU-075
250PU-100
250PU-150
500PU-125
500PU-150
500PU-200
500PU-250
500PU-300
500PU-350

Size
(in.)
1
⁄4 x 3⁄4
1
⁄4 x 1
1
⁄4 x 11⁄2
1
⁄2 x 11⁄4
1
⁄2 x 11⁄2
1
⁄2 x 2
1
⁄2 x 21⁄2
1
⁄2 x 3
1
⁄2 x 31⁄2

Thread Shank Shoulder
Shear Shear
Length
Torque
(lbs.)* (lbs.)*
(in.)
(ft./lbs.)
110
210 Full Thread 10 In./lbs.
110
210 Full Thread 10 In./lbs.
1
110
210
⁄2
10 In./lbs.
450
870 Full Thread
8
450
870 Full Thread
8
3
450
870
⁄4
8
3
450
870
⁄4
8
450
870
1
8
450
870
23⁄16
8

*Thread shear values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.

Part
Number
375PU-125
375PU-150
375PU-200
375PU-250
375PU-300
625PU-125
625PU-150
625PU-200
625PU-250
625PU-300
625PU-350

Thread Shank Shoulder
Size
Shear Shear
Length
Torque
(in.)
(lbs.)* (lbs.)*
(in.)
(ft./lbs.)
3
⁄8 x 11⁄4 250
470 Full Thread
3
3
1
⁄8 x 11⁄2 250
470
⁄4
3
3
1
⁄8 x 2
250
470
⁄2
3
3
1
3
⁄8 x 2 ⁄2 250
470
⁄4
3
3
⁄8 x 3
250
470
1
3
5
1
⁄8 x 11⁄4 700 1,360
⁄4
12
5
1
⁄8 x 11⁄2 700 1,360
⁄4
12
5
1
⁄8 x 2
700 1,360
⁄4
12
5
1
⁄8 x 21⁄2 700 1,360
⁄4
12
5
1
⁄8 x 3
700 1,360
⁄4
12
5
⁄8 x 31⁄2 700 1,360
11⁄4
12

*Thread shear values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.

Vinyl Ester Square Head Bolts

Vinyl ester square bolts are used for
concrete mounting and general purpose
fastening applications. The square head
bolts are constructed from vinyl ester allthread rod and vinyl ester square nuts. The
units are bonded together with a durable two
part urethane adhesive. The square head
bolts are offered in 3⁄8" diameter but can be
supplied in other diameters as a special
order. Contact the factory for pricing and
availability of special diameter square head
bolts.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

Part
Number
375V-100
375V-125
375V-150
375V-175
375V-200
375V-250
375V-300
375V-350
375V-400

Thread
Size
Shear
Torque
(in.)
(lbs.)* (ft./lbs.)*
3
⁄8 x 1
250
10
3
⁄8 x 11⁄4
250
10
3
⁄8 x 11⁄2
250
10
3
3
⁄8 x 1 ⁄4
250
10
3
⁄8 x 2
250
10
3
⁄8 x 21⁄2
250
10
3
⁄8 x 3
250
10
3
⁄8 x 31⁄2
250
10
3
⁄8 x 4
250
10

*Thread shear values shown represent a 3:1 safety
factor.

161
161

FIBERGLASS
Fiberfast Hex Nuts
The Aickinstrut hex nut is similar in design to the conventional
hex nut and is preferred for channel fitting connections.
All nuts are manufactured from glass-reinforced polyurethane
and are packaged in bags containing 25 pieces. Available in
PVDF and Polypropylene and metric sizes as a special order.
Contact the factory for pricing and availability.

Hex Nuts

The Aickinstrut hex flange nut is preferred for applications that
require additional thread engagement (such as with all-thread
rod) or maximum thread shear strength.
All nuts are manufactured from glass-reinforced polyurethane
and are packaged in bags containing 25 pieces. Available in
PVDF and Polypropylene and metric sizes as a special order.
Contact the factory for pricing and availability.

Hex Flange Nuts

Part
Number

Size
(in.)

250PU-000
375PU-000
500PU-000
625PU-000
750PU-000
1000PU-000

1

⁄4-20
⁄8-16
1
⁄2-13
5
⁄8-11
3-10
1-8
3

Thread
Shear
(lbs.)*

Height
(in.)

Torque
(ft./lbs.)

150
460
800
1,000
1,000
1,100

0.218
0.328
0.437
0.546
0.640
0.859

10 in./lbs.
3
8
12
15
17

*Thread shear values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.

Size
(in.)
3
⁄8-16
1
⁄2-13
5
⁄8-11
3
⁄4-10
1-8

Shear
(lbs.)*
500
1,200
2,200
2,900
2900

Height
(In.)
0.750
0.855
1.220
1.590
1.75

Torque
(ft./lbs.)
3
8
12
15
17

*Thread shear values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.

Vinyl Ester Square Nuts

Flat Washers
Flat Washers are made from PVC and are available for 1⁄4"
diameter through 1". PVC washers are recommended for
connections that utilize hex nuts and bolts. PVC washers are
packaged in bags containing 25 pieces.

Part
Number
250E-999
375E-999
500E-999
625E-999
750E-999
1000E-999

Thread
Part
Number
375PU-FN-000
500PU-FN-000
625PU-FN-000
750PU-FN-000
1000PU-FN-000

Size
(in.)
1
⁄4
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
1

Outside
Diameter
(in.)
0.49
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.50
2.25

Square nuts are manufactured from pultruded vinyl ester
square stock. They are recommended for applications that
require high thread shear values. Square nuts are packaged in
bags containing 25 pieces.

Part
Number
375V-000
500V-000
625V-000
750V-000
1000V-000

Size
(in.)
3
⁄8-16
1
⁄2-13
5
⁄8-11
3
⁄4-10
1-8

Thread
Shear
(lbs.)*
1,300
1,700
1,700
1,700
1,700

Height
(In.)
0.437
0.562
0.687
0.812
0.937

Torque
(ft./lbs.)
10
10
10
10
10

*Thread shear values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.

162

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FIBERGLASS
Heavy duty channel nuts are designed to be used where high
thread shear values or spring nuts are required. Heavy duty
channel nuts can not be used with Series 1000 Channel (light
duty).

Standard Duty channel nuts are designed for light duty applications that do not require high thread shear values. Standard
duty channel nuts can be used with all sizes of Aickinstrut
Channel.

All channel nuts are manufactured from glass-reinforced
polyurethane and are packaged in bags containing 50 pieces.
Available in PVDF as a special order. Contact the factory for
pricing and availability.

All channel nuts are manufactured from glass-reinforced
polyurethane and are packaged in bags containing 50 pieces.
Available in PVDF as a special order. Contact the factory for
pricing and availability.

Heavy Duty Channel Nuts
Part
Number
375PU-CNHD
500PU-CNHD
625PU-CNHD
750PU-CNHD
10PU-CNMHD
12PU-CNMHD
16PU-CNMHD
20PU-CNMHD

Size
(in.)
3
⁄8-16
1
⁄2-13
5
⁄8-11
3
⁄4-10
10 mm
12 mm
16 mm
20 mm

Standard Duty Channel Nuts
Thread
Shear Torque
(lbs.)* (ft./lbs.)
1,400
8
1,400
8
1,400
10
1,400
10
1,400
8
1,400
8
1,400
10
1,400
10

Part
Size Thread Shear Torque
Number
(in.)
(lbs.)*
(ft./lbs.)
1
⁄4-20
460
2
250PU-CN
312PU-CN 5⁄16-18
460
2
3
375PU-CN
⁄8-16
460
3
1
500PU-CN
⁄2-13
460
3
10PU-CN
10 mm
460
3
12PU-CN
12 mm
460
3
10PU-CNS #10 Screw
460
N/A
*Thread shear values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.

*Thread shear values shown represent a 3:1
safety factor.

Saddle Clips
Aickinstrut Saddle Clips make fastening through Aickinstrut
channel much easier. The clips mate with the exterior of the
channel flanges and are secured with threaded rods and nuts.
The saddle clips are manufactured from glass reinforced
polyurethane and are supplied in bags of 50 pieces.

Stop-Lock Assemblies
Aickinstrut Stop-Lock Assemblies reduce the chance of pipe
slippage when running supports vertically. Stop-Locks are
recommended for applications that are subject to vibration,
have regular contact with fluids or are vertically mounted (Type
2). The Stop-Locks fit all three sizes of channel. Stop-Locks
are offered with a 3⁄8", 1⁄2" and 5⁄8" bolt size. The 5⁄8" Stop-Lock
Assembly is supplied with a heavy duty channel nut (the 5⁄8"
Stop-Lock Assembly will not work with the
1000 Series Channel).
The Stop-Lock Assemblies' components
are manufactured from glass-reinforced
polyurethane.

Part
Number
200-4226
200-4217
200-4341
200-4342

Size
(In.)
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4

Part
Number
200-4227
200-4219
200-4343

Size
(in.)
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8

Force
Resistance
(lbs.)*
200
220
250

Torque
(ft./lbs.)
7
12
15

*Force resistance values shown represents a 3:1 safety factor.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

163
163

FIBERGLASS
Clevis Hangers
Clevis hangers are available in two styles; molded and hand
lay-up. The molded clevis hangers are manufactured from
glass-reinforced polyurethane and are available for sizes 1⁄2"

through 6". The hand lay-up clevis hangers are manufactured
from glass-reinforced polyester resin and are available for sizes
1" through 21". Vinyl ester resin clevis hangers are available as
a special order. Contact the factory for pricing and
availability.

Molded Clevis Hangers

Part
Number
CVHPU-100
CVHPU-150
CVHPU-200
CVHPU-400
CVHPU-600

Nominal
Max.
Hanger
Diameter Pipe O.D.
Rod
(in.)
(in.)
“A” Dim. “B” Dim. “C” Dim. (in.)
1
1
⁄2
1
1.500
4.25
1.25
⁄2
1
1
1
1 ⁄4
1 ⁄2
2.000
5.14
1.25
⁄2
1
11⁄2
2
2.500
6.52
1.25
⁄2
1
21⁄2
4
5.125
10.00
1.50
⁄2
1
41⁄2
6
6.750
12.33
1.50
⁄2

Load
(lbs.)*
670
670
730
1,150
1,170

*Design load values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.

Hand Lay-Up Clevis Hangers

Part
Size Range (In.)
Number
A
T
1
100-1500
1 – 11⁄2
⁄8
1
100-1501
11⁄2 – 2
⁄8
1
100-1502
2 – 25⁄8
⁄8
1
1
1
100-1503
2 ⁄2 – 3 ⁄4
⁄8
1
100-1504
3 – 37⁄8
⁄8
3
100-1505
4 – 51⁄8
⁄16
3
100-1506
6 – 71⁄8
⁄16
1
1
100-1507
8 – 9 ⁄4
⁄4
1
100-1508
10 – 113⁄8
⁄4
1
1
100-1509
12 – 13 ⁄2
⁄4
1
100-1510
14 – 153⁄4
⁄4
3
100-1511
16 – 18
⁄8
3
100-1512
19 – 21
⁄8

Dimensions (in.)
H
H1
23⁄4
17⁄8
31⁄2
23⁄8
3
4 ⁄4
3
1
5 ⁄2
35⁄8
7
41⁄4
1
8 ⁄2
55⁄8
7
10 ⁄8
71⁄2
14
93⁄4
18
12
1
21 ⁄2
141⁄8
1
24 ⁄2
161⁄2
3
27 ⁄8
191⁄2
1
34 ⁄2
221⁄2

W
11⁄2
11⁄2
2
2
2
2
3
3
4
5
5
6
6

Hanger
Rod
(in.)
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
5
⁄8
5
⁄8
5
⁄8
5
⁄8
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
3
⁄4
3
⁄4

Trans
Rod
(in.)
3
⁄8
3
⁄8
3
⁄8
3
⁄8
3
⁄8
3
⁄8
3
⁄8
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
3
⁄4
3
⁄4

Spreader
Rod O.D.
(in.)
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
3
⁄4
3
⁄4
3
⁄4
1
1

Loads
(lbs.)*
60
60
90
120
160
250
300
350
450
600
700
750
800

*Design load values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.

164

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FIBERGLASS
Beam Clamps
Aickinstrut beam clamps are available in two styles; molded and
fabricated. The molded beam clamps are manufactured from
glass-reinforced polyurethane and can accomodate 3⁄8", 1⁄2", 5⁄8"
hanger rod sizes. the molded beam clamps utilize the traditional "C" clamp style design. The fabrication beam clamps are
manufactured from vinyl ester flat stock and utilize polyurethane

Size
(in.)
3
⁄8
1
⁄2

All Aickinstrut beam clamps allow easy attachment of threaded
rod to "I" beams or other structural assemblies.

Cope-Glas Beam Clamps

Molded Beam Clamps

Part
Number
375PU-BC
500PU-BC

bolts and channel nuts for clamping. Fabricated beam clamps
are available for attaching to 1⁄4", 3⁄8" and 1⁄2" thick beam flanges.
Each fabricated beam clamp assembly includes four (4) 1⁄2"
Polyurethanej bolts and two (2) attachment clips.

Thread
Shear
(lbs.)*
400
400

Torque
(ft./lbs.)
10
10

*Design load values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.

Part
Number
RGBC-1
RGBC-2
RGBC-3

Size
(in.)
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8

Thread
Shear
(lbs.)*
500
500
500

Torque
(ft./lbs.)
10
10
10

Beam Clip - 375PU-BCCLP (3⁄8")

Fabricated Beam Clamps

Flange
Part
Thickness
Number
(in.)
1
20V-2BC-25
⁄4
3
20V-2BC-37
⁄8
1
20V-2BC-50
⁄2

Thread
Shear
(lbs.)*
600
600
600

Torque
(ft./lbs.)
10
10
10

*Design load values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Bolts and channel nuts are 1⁄2" diameter.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

165
165

FIBERGLASS
A-Konnector Rod Couplers

Threaded Rod
Pultruded threaded rods are an excellent choice for hanging
and fastening Aickinstrut Channel. These rods can also be
used with either the Aickinstrut vinyl ester square nuts, polyurethane hex nuts, hex flange nuts and Aickinstrut channel nuts.
All FRP threaded rod is manufactured from pultruded vinyl ester
resin and is gray in color.

A-Konnectors provide an excellent means for extending
Aickinstrut FRP all-thread rods beyond their standard lengths.
A-Konnectors are manufactured from glass-reinforced polyurethane and are colored gray. A-Konnectors are packaged in
bags containing 50 pieces.

The standard rod lengths are 4' and 8'. Special lengths and
threading are also available. Contact the factory for pricing and
availability.

Part
Number
200-3827
200-3828
200-3829
200-3830
200-3831

Size
(in.)
3
⁄8-16
1
⁄2-13
5
⁄8-11
3
⁄4-10
1-8

Weight
(lbs.)
0.07
0.12
0.18
0.28
0.50

Thread
Shear
(lbs.)*
470
570
1,600
1,700
3,000

Torque
(ft./lbs.)
5
10
40
50
60

* Thread shear values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.
* To order eight foot lengths, add suffix “-96” to part number
(EX: 200-3827-96)

Size
(in.)
3
⁄8-16
1
⁄2-13
5
⁄8-11
3
⁄4-10

Length
(ln.)
21⁄4
21⁄4
21⁄4
21⁄4

Thread
Shear
(lbs.)*
800
870
1,500
1,500

* Thread shear values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.

■ Channel Hangers

Duraclamp C-Clamps
Duraclamp are glass-reinforced polyurethane clamps that are
designed to replace steel C-Clamps in areas where corrosion is
a problem. The individual Duraclamp components can also be
purchased separately.

Part
Number
Description
390N-150 “C”-Clamp
390N-BLT
Bolt
390N-CLP
“C”

Part
Number
200-3840
200-3841
200-3842
200-3843

Thread
Shear
(lbs.)*
25
N/A
25

AIC-CH-P (Polyester) AIC-CH-V (Vinyl Ester)
The Aickin-Channel Hanger is designed to support fiberglass
structural “C” channel that is being used as a raceway system
for cables, tubing or small diameter piping. The Aickin-Channel
Hanger is available in either polyester or vinyl ester resin and is
simply supported from a 1⁄2" FRP all-thread rod and beam clamp
(not provided). The Channel Hanger will accommodate “C”
channel width sizes 2" through 8".

Torque
(ft./lbs.)
17
17
N/A

*Design load values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.
Note: Bolt Dimension is 5⁄8" x 21⁄2"

166

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FIBERGLASS
Power-Rack Stanchions
The Power-Rack Stanchion is the new alternative to traditional
iron cable stanchions used for utility and industrial cable
supports. Made entirely from glass-reinforced nylon, these
stanchions out-perform metallic supports against corrosion.
The extended life-span of the Power-Rack Stanchion makes
them the logical choice over metallic cable supprts. The
Power-Rack Stanchion is available in two different lengths and
four different arm lengths. The unique interlocking design
allows the arm to "lock" into nine different levels on the 141⁄4"
stanchions and fourteen on the 171⁄2" stanchion. Glassreinforced polyurethane standchions are available as a special
order. Contact the factory for pricing and availability.

Rack Stanchions can be mounted to Aickinstrut concrete
embedment channel and attached with 1⁄2" channel nuts and 1⁄2"
x 3" Fiberfast Bolts.
Fire Retardance - Power-Rack materials meet or exceed the
requirements of UL94 HB.
Loading - The recommended allowable loads on Power-Rack
Stanchions vary depending upon the position of the arm.
Following the guidelines listed below will ensure a safe, reliable
installation.
•

Total load on any one arm should not exceed 800 lbs.

•

The sumof the loads on any arm multiplied by their
distances to the wall stanchion should not exceed
1200 in./lbs.

Example - A cable weighing 200 lbs. is positioned on an arm at
a distance of 5" from the wall stanchion.
If the total load is less than 800 lbs and the sum of the load
multiplied by their distances to the wall stanchion does not
exceed 1200 in./lbs., then the system is adequate. In this case,
Total load (200<800 lbs) = OK
Total moment (200x5 in. = 1000<1200 in./lbs.) = OK

Dimensions - The stanchion back is designed with 9⁄16" wide x
15
⁄16" long holes to accept fasteners for mounting. There are two
mounting holes in the 21 3⁄8" long stanchion and three mounting
holes in the 33 5⁄16" long stanchion. Thickness at the slotted
mounting holes is 1 7⁄8". The mounting holes are spaced on 12"
centers and require 1⁄2" diameter features.
Installation - The Power-Rack Stanchions can be anchored into
existing concrete structures using any good qualitiy industrial
anchoring system. For new concrete structures, the Power-

Part No.
20N-ARM08
20N-ARM14
20N-ARM17
20N-ARM23
20N-STA21
20N-STA33

Description
Weight (lbs.) Load (lbs.)*
8" Arm
1.00
800
1.16
800
141⁄4" Arm
171⁄2" Arm
1.45
800
7
23 ⁄8" Arm
1.86
800
213⁄8" Stanchion
1.49
N/A
335⁄16" Stanchion
2.31
N/A

*Design load values shown represent a 3:1 safety factor.

Wall Brackets
Aickin-Brackets are available in a wide variety of sizes and
configurations. These wall brackets are made entirely from
Aickinstrut material and are specifically designed to meet the
customers requirements. They are ideal for customizing the
support of piping, cables, tubing, conduits or cable trays. These
brackets are available in either polyester or vinyl ester resin
types and will work with all the Aickinstrut accessory items.
Consult the factory for design, pricing and availability information.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

167
167

FIBERGLASS
Instrument & Pipe Stands
■

Heavy Duty Post Base

The Aickinstrut heavy duty post base is designed for applications that require a stronger base attachment than the standard
Aickinstrut post base. Made from polyurethane, the heavy duty
post base is available with four different openings: 11⁄2", 15⁄8", 2"
square and 2" Schedule 80 round. The heavy duty post base
is ideal for mounting fiberglass channel, handrails and instrument stands in corrosive environments. The standard color is
gray, but special colors are available upon request.

20PU-5852
20PU-5852 RD
20PU-5853 HD
20PU-5854 HD

2" Square
2" Round
15⁄8" Sq
11⁄2" Sq

6 1⁄ 4"

Dia.
Hole (4)
19
⁄32"

8"

8"

Instrument & Pipe Stands
Aickin-Instrument and Pipe Stands are available in polyester or
vinyl ester resin types and are designed to meet specific
customer requirements. These stands are ideal for supporting
instruments and enclosures in corrosive environments. The
stands utilize the Aickinstrut Heavy Duty Post Base and either
2" x 2" x 1/4" square tube or 2" Schedule 80 pipe to support the
instruments or enclosures. These stands can be designed or
configured to meet any application. Consult the factory for
design, pricing and availability information.

168

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FIBERGLASS
Structural Shapes
General purpose pultruded structural shapes can be used as a
complement to Aickinstrut Channel Framing projects. The
shapes are ideal for structural bracing, handrails, handrail
kickplates and shims. Structural shapes are available in either
polyester or vinyl ester resin and are provided in ten foot
lengths. Additional structural shapes not listed in this catalog
are available. Contact the factory for pricing and availability.

NOTES
ST - Standard Isophthalic Polyester Resin
(Olive Green)
FR - Isophthalic Polyester Fire Retardant Resin
(Light Gray)
VE - Vinyl Ester Fire Retardant Resin (Beige)
* Stock Item
† Stocked in Yellow

Equal Leg Angle

I–Beam

Size
(In.)
1 x 1⁄8
11⁄4 x 1⁄8
11⁄2 x 3⁄16
11⁄2 x 1⁄4
2 x 1⁄4
3 x 1⁄4
3 x 3⁄8
3 x 1⁄2
4 x 1⁄4
4 x 3⁄8
4 x 1⁄2
6 x 3⁄8
6 x 1⁄2

Size
Resin
(In.)
ST FR VE #/Lin. Ft.
*
* *
1.69
3 x 3 x 1⁄4
4 x 4 x 1⁄4
*
* *
2.10
6 x 6 x 1⁄4
*
* *
3.41
6 x 6 x 3⁄8
*
* *
5.05
8 x 8 x 3⁄8
*
* *
6.49
8 x 8 x 1⁄2
–
– –
8.70
3
– –
8.74
10 x 10 x ⁄8 –
10 x 10 x 1⁄2 –
– –
10.90
12 x 12 x 1⁄2 –
– –
13.20

Resin
ST FR VE #/Lin. Ft.
* * *
0.21
– – –
0.23
* – –
0.37
* * *
0.51
* * *
0.68
* * *
1.04
* * *
1.65
– – –
2.15
* * *
1.41
* * *
2.23
* * *
2.92
– – –
3.44
* * *
4.50

Wide Flange I-Beam

Channel

Size
Resin
(In.)
ST FR VE #/Lin. Ft.
1 x 5⁄8 x 5⁄8 x 1⁄8 – – –
0.32
2 x 9⁄16 x 1⁄8
* * –
0.25
3 x 13⁄16 x 1⁄8
– – –
0.48
3 x 7⁄8 x 1⁄4
* – –
0.77
3 x 1 x 1⁄4
* * *
0.87
3 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄4
– – –
1.07
1
3
1
3 x ⁄2 x 1 ⁄16 x ⁄8 – – –
0.65
4 x 11⁄8 x 1⁄4
* * *
1.11
4 x 13⁄8 x 3⁄16
– – –
0.86
6 x 15⁄8 x 1⁄4
* * *
1.64
6 x 111⁄16 x 3⁄8
* * *
2.52
8 x 23⁄16 x 3⁄8
* * *
3.40
3
1
10 x 2 ⁄4 x ⁄2
* * *
5.65

ENGINEERING CATALOG

Size
(In.)
3 x 3 x 1⁄4
4 x 4 x 1⁄4
6 x 6 x 1⁄4
6 x 6 x 3⁄8
8 x 8 x 3⁄8
8 x 8 x 1⁄2
10 x 10 x 3⁄8
10 x 10 x 1⁄2
12 x 12 x 1⁄2

Resin
ST FR
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

VE #/Lin. Ft.
*
1.69
*
2.10
*
3.41
*
5.05
*
6.49
–
8.70
–
8.74
–
10.90
–
13.20

169
169

FIBERGLASS
Flat Sheet

Size
(In.)
1
⁄8 x 48 x 96
3
⁄16 x 48 x 96
1
⁄4 x 48 x 96
3
⁄8 x 48 x 96
1
⁄2 x 48 x 96
5
⁄8 x 48 x 96
3
⁄4 x 48 x 96
1 x 48 x 96

Resin
ST FR VE
* * *
* * *
* * *
* * *
* * *
– – –
– – –
– – –

Square Bar

#/Lin. Ft.
1.14
1.71
2.34
3.54
4.68
5.79
6.94
9.27

Size
(In.)
1x1
11⁄4 x 11⁄4
11⁄2 x 11⁄2
2x2

Resin
ST FR VE #/Lin. Ft.
* – –
0.87
– *† –
1.31
– *† –
1.98
– – –
3.12

Rectangular Tube

Embedment Angle

Size
(In.)
1 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄4
11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄4
2 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄4

Resin
ST FR VE #/Lin. Ft.
– – *
1.00
– – *
1.10
– – *
1.20

Square Tube

Size
(In.)
1 x 1⁄8
11⁄8 x 1⁄8
11⁄4 x 1⁄8
11⁄4 x 1⁄4
11⁄2 x 1⁄8
11⁄2 x 1⁄4
13⁄4 x 1⁄8
13⁄4 x 1⁄4
2 x 1⁄8
2 x 1⁄4
1
2 ⁄8 x 3⁄16
21⁄4 x 1⁄8
21⁄2 x 1⁄4
3 x 1⁄8
3 x 1⁄4
4 x 1⁄4
4 x 3⁄8
Toe Plate
4 x 5⁄8 x 1⁄8

170

Size
Resin
(In.)
ST FR VE
4 x 1 x 1⁄8
– – –
4 x 1⁄8 x 2 x 1⁄4 – – –
43⁄8 x 13⁄8 x 1⁄8 x 3⁄16 – – –
41⁄2 x 13⁄8 x 1⁄8 x 3⁄16 – – –
5 x 2 x 1⁄8
– – –
1
5 ⁄8 x 21⁄8 x 3⁄16 – – –
61⁄2 x 1⁄4 x 2 x 1⁄2 – – –

#/Lin. Ft.
0.85
1.52
1.18
1.29
1.32
1.32
3.77

Round Rod

Resin
ST FR VE
* * *
– – –
– – –
– *† *†
* *† *†
– – *
– *† *†
– *† *†
* *† *†
* *† *†
– *† –
– *† –
– *† –
– – –
* * *
* * *
* – –

#/Lin. Ft.
0.32
0.37
0.41
0.68
0.54
0.98
0.63
1.10
0.69
1.40
1.14
0.83
1.79
1.12
2.15
2.93
4.24

– *† –

0.49

Size
(In.)
1
⁄8
3
⁄16
1
⁄4
0.3
5
⁄16
0.35
3
⁄8
7
⁄16
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
13⁄16
1
11⁄8
11⁄4
11⁄2
13⁄4
2

Resin
ST FR VE #/Lin. Ft.
* – –
0.01
* – –
0.02
* – –
0.04
– – –
0.06
* – –
0.07
– – –
0.08
* – *
0.09
– – –
0.13
* – *
0.17
* – *
0.27
* – *
0.39
– – –
0.46
* – *
0.66
– – –
0.87
* – –
1.08
* – –
1.56
– – –
2.10
– – –
2.56
ENGINEERING CATALOG

FIBERGLASS
Flat Strip

Size
(In.)
5
⁄8 x 1⁄4
3
⁄4 x 1⁄4
1 x 1⁄8
1
1 ⁄4 x 3⁄16
11⁄2 x 3⁄8
11⁄2 x 1
13⁄4 x 3⁄16
13⁄4 x 1⁄4
2 x 1⁄2
2x1
21⁄2 x 3⁄16
3 x 1⁄4
3 x 3⁄8
3 x 1⁄2
4 x 1⁄8
6 x 1⁄4
6 x 1⁄2

Special Shapes

Resin
ST FR VE #/Lin. Ft.
* – –
0.11
* – –
0.14
– – –
0.11
– – –
0.19
– – –
0.50
– – –
1.32
– – –
0.28
* – –
0.38
– – –
0.88
– – –
1.76
– – –
0.34
– – –
0.66
– – –
0.99
– – –
1.32
– – –
0.44
– – –
1.32
– – –
2.16

Resin
ST FR VE

#/Lin. Ft.

– – –

1.60

Threshold
51⁄2 x 1⁄4

– – –

1.05

Hat Section
2 x 7⁄8 x .140

– – –

0.34

Hex Bar (solid)
7
⁄8
13
⁄16

– – –
– – –

0.60
1.00

Flight Channel
3 x 6 x 1⁄8 x 3⁄16 * – –
3 x 8 x 1⁄8 x 3⁄16 * – –

1.31
1.43

Profile/Size
Door Frame
53⁄4 x 25⁄8 x 3⁄16

Round Tube

Size
(In.)
5
⁄8 Core
3
⁄4 Core
1 x .100
1 x 1⁄4
1
1 ⁄4 Core
11⁄4 x 3⁄32
11⁄4 x 1⁄8
11⁄4 x 1⁄4
11⁄2 x 1⁄8
11⁄2 x 1⁄4
13⁄4 x 1⁄8
13⁄4 x 1⁄4
2 x 1⁄4
3 x.100
3 x 1⁄4
3 x 1⁄2
4 x .100
4 x 1⁄4
4.89 x 1⁄8
4.89 x 3⁄16

Resin
ST FR VE #/Lin. Ft.
– – –
0.18
– – –
0.21
– – –
0.22
* * –
0.25
– – –
0.31
– – –
0.27
– – –
0.32
– – –
0.60
* * –
0.45
– * –
0.79
– – –
0.47
– – –
0.94
* * *
1.12
– – –
0.89
– – –
1.68
* – –
2.98
– – –
1.23
– – –
2.36
– – –
2.32
– – –
2.97
ENGINEERING CATALOG

171
171

FIBERGLASS
Flat Strip

Size
(In.)
Toe Plate†
4 x 5⁄8 x 1⁄8

Square Bar†
11⁄4 x 11⁄4
11⁄2 x 11⁄2

Square Tube†
11⁄4 x 1⁄4
11⁄2 x 1⁄8
13⁄4 x 1⁄8
13⁄4 x 1⁄4
2 x 1⁄8
2 x 1⁄4
1
2 ⁄8 x 3⁄16
21⁄4 x 1⁄8
21⁄2 x 1⁄4

Handrail Connectors

#/Lin. Ft.
0.49

#/Lin. Ft.

Size
(In.)
Fixed 90°
11⁄4
11⁄2
Adjustable 90°
11⁄4
11⁄2
Fixed “T”
11⁄4
11⁄2

Resin
ST FR VE

#/Ea.

– *† –
– *† –

0.87
1.32

– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –

1.31
1.98

#/Lin. Ft.
0.68
0.54
0.63
1.10
0.69
1.40
1.12
0.83
1.69

Fixed Connector† #/Ea.
41⁄4 x 11⁄4
0.87
41⁄2 x 11⁄2
1.32

172

ENGINEERING CATALOG

FIBERGLASS
Aickinzap 600-2200

Aickinzap is an acrylic spray that provides a corrosion resistant
coating when applied to cut sections of Aickinstrut. Aickinzap is
supplied in a 12 oz. can and is recommended for use as a
sealant for Aickinstrut polyester and vinyl ester materials after
cutting or drilling. Aickinzap is the quickest, most convenient
method for sealing after fabrication.

■

Aickincoat 600-1500 (Quart), 600-1600
(Gallon)

Aickincoat is a “brush-on” corrosion resistant sealant that
should be applied to all cut or drilled surfaces of fiberglass to
seal exposed areas from corrosion. Aickincoat dries into a
clear, hard, glossy coating that restores weathered fiberglass
surfaces and provides an excellent barrier from ultraviolet
degradation. It is available in quart and gallon cans.

AICK-DIST-DISP
The Aickin Distributor Display is a counter top display for
stocking distributors. This display features multiple channel
sizes and materials, adjustable and rigid pipe straps, U-bolts,
molded and fabricated channel fittings, post bases, clevis
hangers and fasteners. All of these materials are then assembled to form a comprehensive, compact display which
becomes an excellent sales tool.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

173
173

FIBERGLASS
Promotional Materials

■

Aickin Rigid Pipe Clamp Sample
ARPS2

Promotional materials are available for select individuals,
including stocking distributors, end users, OEM's, contractors,
specifying engineers, consultants and sales representatives.
Please contact the factory for availability.

■

Aickin Adjustable Pipe Clamp Sample
AJPSS2

The Aickin Rigid Pipe Clamp Sample is a desk top sample that
displays the rigid pipe strap clamping a piece of PVC pipe onto
a section of Aickinstrut Channel.

Aickin Sample Box AICK-SAMP-CART

The Aickin Adjustable Pipe Clamp Sample is a desk top sample
that displays the Aickin Adjustable Pipe Strap clamping a piece
of PVC pipe onto a section of Aickinstrut Channel.

■

Aickin Distributor Literature Displays
(Hanging) AICK-LIT-DISP (Counter Stand)
AICK-LIT-DISP-CS
The Aickin Sample Box is a convenient plastic carrying case
with a complete sampling of the Aickinstrut product line.
Each Sample Box includes:

The Aickin Distributor Literature Display is offered in two
designs; wall hanging and counter standing. The wall hanging
design is meant to be hung from the two top U-bolts while the
counter standing design is a free standing counter display.
Both displays incorporate Aickinstrut channel in their design
and utilize the PVC display pipe as the literature container.

174

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

PVC strut sample (20E-2000)
Polyester strut sample (20P-2000)
Polyester slotted strut sample (20P-1100)
Vinyl ester strut sample (20V-1500)
Polyester solid channel fitting (20V-2500)
Vinyl ester grooved channel fitting (20V-2802)
Saddle Clip (200-4226)
Fiberfast bolts (250PU-000, 375PU-125 & 500PU-000)
Fiberfast nuts (250PU-000, 375PU-125 & 500PU-CN)
Square nut (500V-000)
PVC washers (375E-999 & 500E-999)
Standard duty channel nuts (375PU-CN & 500PU-CN)
Heavy duty channel nut (500PU-CNHD)
Adjustable pipe clamp (200-3110)
Rigid pipe clamp (PCR-125)
FRP threaded rod samples (200-3827 & 200-3828)

ENGINEERING CATALOG

1"
3

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

TECHNICAL DATA

1

⁄2"

ENGINEERING CATALOG

175

1"
3

1

⁄2"

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

TECHNICAL DATA
The information presented below is a
direct reproduction from portions of the
8th Edition of THE MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION
by express permission of the American Institute of Steel Construction.

BEAM DIAGRAMS AND FORMULAS (Nomenclature)
E
I
Mmax
M1
M2
Mx
P
R
R1
R2
V
V1
V2
Vx
a
b
L
W
x
x1
∆max
∆a
∆x

Modulus of Elasticity of steel at 29,000 ksi.
Moment of Inertia of Beam (inch4).
Maximum Moment (kip inch)
Maximum moment in left section of beam (kip inch)
Maximum moment in right section of beam (kip inch)
Moment at distance x from end of beam (kip inch)
Concentrated Load (kips)
End beam reaction for any condition of symmetrical loading (kips)
Left end beam reaction (kips)
Right end or intermediate beam reaction (kips)
Maximum vertical shear for any condition of symmetrical loading (kips)
Maximum vertical shear in left section of beam (kips)
Vertical shear ar right reaction point, or to left of intermediate reaction point of beam (kips)
Vertical shear at distance x from end of beam(kips)
Measured distance along beam (inch)
Measured distance along beam which may be greater or less that “a” (inch)
Total length of beam between reaction points (inch)
Uniformly distributed load per unit of length (kips per in.)
Any distance measured along beam from left reaction (inch)
Any distance measured along overhang section of beam from nearest reaction point(in).
Maximum deflection (inch)
Deflection at point of load (inch)
Deflection at point x distance from left reaction (inch)

LATERAL BRACING
Long spanning strut, when loaded, has a tendency to twist or bend laterally. This occurrence results in reductions in the allowable beam loads
shown in the tables. it's recommended that long spans be laterally braced properly. Many systems inherently provide such bracing. Pipes,
conduits, and cable tray do so when attached to the strut with straps, clamps and other fittings. Direct all questions regarding laterally bracing
issues to the factory.

Beam Diagrams and Formulas (Cantilever Beams)

CANTILEVER BEAMS
P

P
a
V max. = P
L

V

M

176

L
M max. = PL
3
max. = PL
3EI

V

M

V max. = W
WL
M max. =
2
3
WL
max. =
8EI

b
V max. = P
L

V

M max. = Pb
2
max. = Pb (3L-b)
6EI

M

ENGINEERING CATALOG

1"

TECHNICAL DATA

3

1

⁄2"

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

The information presented below is a direct
reproduction from portions of the 8th Edition of
THE MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION by
express permission of the American Institute of Steel Construction.

Beam Diagrams and Formulas (Simple Beams)

L

P

P

2
R=
L

R

R

V

P
2

R=

P
2
PL
M max. =
4
3
PL
max. =
48EI
V max. =

M

L

R

a

W
2

W
2
WL
M max. =
8
3
5WL
max. =
384EI
V max. =

R

V

M

b
L

R1

R1= Pb
L
Pa
R2=
L

R2

V max. = Pa
L
Pab
M max. =
L
Pab(a+2b) 3a(a+2b)
max. =
27EIL

V

M

Beam Digrams and Formulas (Beams fixed at one end, supported at other)

L

P

P

2
L

11P
16
3PL
M max. =
16

R1

V max. =

V

PL3
max. = 0.009317
EI

L

R1

5W
8
WL
M max. =
8

3L
8
M

2
R1= Pb3 (a+2L)
2L

b
L

V max. =

V

max. at x = 0.447L
M

a

3W
R1=
8

5P
R1=
16

Pa
2 2
R2 R2= 3 (3L -a )
2L

R1
V

M at point of load = R1a

max. at x = 0.4215L
3
max. = WL
185EI

3L
4

M at fixed end = Pab
(a+L)
2L3

M

Beam Diagrams (Beams fixed at both ends)

L

P
2

P
P
2
PL
M max. =
8
3
max. = PL
192EI
V max. =

L
V

W
2
WL
M max. =
12
3
max. = WL
384EI

2
R1= Pb3 (3a+b)
L

b

a

V max. =
L
V

L
R1

2

R2

R2= Pa3 (a+3b)
L

V
2
M1 = Pab
L2
2

M

M

ENGINEERING CATALOG

M1

M2

M2 = Pa2 b
L

177

1"
3

1

⁄2"

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

TECHNICAL DATA

■ Beam Load (Static) Conversion Factors
Power-Strut beam loads shown for varoius channels throughout this catalog are for single span, simple beams, with uniform
loads. Loading or other support conditions can be calculated by multiplying the channel beam load by the appropriate
factor listed below.

LOAD
FACTOR

DEFLECTION
FACTOR

1.00

1.00

2. Simple Beam,
Concentrated Load at Center

0.50

0.80

3. Simple Beam,
Two Equal Concentrated Loadcs at 1/4 pts

1.00

1.10

4. Beam Fixed at Both Ends,
Uniform Load

1.50

0.30

5. Beam Fixed at Both Ends,
Concentrated Load at Center

1.00

0.40

6. Cantilever Beam,
Uniform Load

0.25

2.40

7. Cantilever Beam,
Concentrated Load at End

0.12

3.20

1.30

0.92

9. Continuous Beam, Two Equal Spans,
Uniform Load on Both Ends

1.00

0.42

10. Continuous Beam, Two Equal Spans,
Concentrated Load at Center of One Span

0.62

0.71

11. Continuous Beam, Two Equal Spans,
Concentrated Load at Center of Each Span

0.67

0.48

LOAD AND SUPPORT CONDITION
1. Simple Beam,
Uniform Load

8. Continuous Beam, Two Equal Spans,
Uniform Load on One Span

SPAN

SPAN

SPAN

Example solutions
1.) To determine the load and deflection of a PS-200
simple beam 72" long, with a concentrated load
at the center of span:
From the PS-200 Beam Load Chart (page 29), the
maximum uniform load for a 72" span is 560# with a
deflection of .50".
Multiply the above factors: Load = 560 x .50 = 280#
Defl. = .50 x .80 = .40"
178

2.) To determine the load and deflection of a PS-200-2T3
cantilever beam 24" long with a concetrated load at end:
From the PS-200-2T3 Beam Load Chart (page 30), the
maximum uniform load for a 24" span is 3130# with a
deflection of .03".
Multiply the above factors: Load = 3130# x .12 = 376#
Defl. = .03 x 3.20 = .096"

ENGINEERING CATALOG

1"

TECHNICAL DATA

3

1

⁄2"

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

DESIGN LOAD DATA FOR POWER-STRUT CHANNEL CONNECTIONS

PS 603 – PS-200 1500#, PS-2101000#

Channel
PS 200
PS 210

Load (lbs)
1,500
1,000

PS 605 – PS-2001500, #PS-210 1000#

Channel
PS 200
PS 210

LOAD

Both Ends Supported

Load (lbs)
1,500
1,000

LOAD

Both Ends Supported

PS 603 – PS-200 1000#, PS-210 650#

PS 3373 –PS-200 3000#, PS-210 2000#
LOAD

Channel
PS 200
PS 210

Channel
PS 200
PS 210

LOAD

Load (lbs)
1,000
650

Both Ends Supported

Load (lbs)
3,000
2,000

Both Ends Supported

PS 745 – PS-200 2000#, PS-210 1500#

PS 607 –PS-200 2000#, PS-210 2000#

LOAD

Channel
PS 200
PS 210

Channel
PS 200
PS 210

Load (lbs)
2,000
1,500

Both Ends Supported

■

PS 604 – 500#

LOAD

Load (lbs)
2,000
2,000

Both Ends Supported

■

PS 606 – 500#

■

PS-601 PS-210 1000#, PS-210 800#

LOAD

LOAD

Channel
PS 200
PS 210

Load (lbs)
1,000
800

LOAD

Both Ends Supported

1.) Safety Factor = 2-1⁄2 based on ultimate strength of connection.
2.) Load Diagrams indicate design loads for 12 ga. (listed as PS-200) and for 14 ga. (listed as PS-210) channels.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

179

1"
3

1

⁄2"

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

TECHNICAL DATA

■ Tables of Pipe Spacing
This chart, developed by Julius Getlan of Seelye Stevenson Value & Knect, consulting engineers, New York City, enables one to quickly
determine the centerline-to-centerline dimension between any two size pipes on a rack. Select the smaller pipe size at top and select the other
at the side of the table. Where the appropriate columns intersect, the dimension is given.
These factors are included in the dimensions given:
• O.D. of flanges and fittings.
• 1" insulation over flanges and fittings.
• All fractional dimensions less than 1⁄4" were increased to the
next larger 1⁄4".

• Clear space between fittings as follows:
1. 1" between piping 3" and smaller.
2. 11⁄2" between a pipe 3" and smaller and a pipe 4" or larger.
3. 2" between piping 4" and larger.

Centerline to Centerline Dimensions, Inches
Normal
Pipe Dia.(In.)
3
⁄4
T
S
1
T
F
S
11⁄4
T
F
S
11⁄2
T
F
S
2
T
F
S
21⁄2
T
F
S
3
T
F
S
4
T
F
S
5
T
F
S
6
T
F
S
8
T
F
10
T
F
12
T
F

3

⁄4"

T
43⁄4
41⁄2
5
6
43⁄4
51⁄4
61⁄4
43⁄4
51⁄4
61⁄2
5
53⁄4
7
51⁄4
6
71⁄2
51⁄2
61⁄4
73⁄4
53⁄4
71⁄2
9
63⁄4
8
91⁄2
71⁄4
83⁄4
10
73⁄4
83⁄4
111⁄4
111⁄4
121⁄2
121⁄4
14

S
–
41⁄4
43⁄4
53⁄4
41⁄2
5
6
41⁄2
5
61⁄4
43⁄4
51⁄2
63⁄4
5
53⁄4
71⁄4
51⁄4
6
71⁄2
51⁄2
71⁄4
83⁄4
61⁄2
73⁄4
91⁄4
7
81⁄2
93⁄4
71⁄2
91⁄2
11
11
121⁄4
12
133⁄4

T
–
–
51⁄4
61⁄4
5
51⁄2
61⁄2
5
51⁄2
63⁄4
51⁄4
6
71⁄4
51⁄2
61⁄4
73⁄4
53⁄4
61⁄2
8
6
73⁄4
91⁄4
7
81⁄4
93⁄4
71⁄2
9
101⁄4
8
10
111⁄2
111⁄2
123⁄4
121⁄2
141⁄4

Normal Pipe Diameter, Inches
1"
11⁄4"
F
S
T
F
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
71⁄4
–
–
–
6
41⁄2
–
–
61⁄2
5
51⁄2
–
71⁄2
61⁄4
63⁄4
73⁄4
6
41⁄2
51⁄4
61⁄4
1
1
3
6 ⁄2
5 ⁄4
5 ⁄4
63⁄4
3
1
3
7 ⁄4
6 ⁄4
6 ⁄4
8
61⁄4
43⁄4
51⁄4
6
1
7
5 ⁄2
6
71⁄4
1
3
1
8 ⁄4
6 ⁄4
7 ⁄4
81⁄2
1
1
6 ⁄2
5
5 ⁄2
63⁄4
1
1
7 ⁄4
6
6 ⁄2
71⁄2
3
1
3
8 ⁄4
7 ⁄4
7 ⁄4
9
3
1
3
6 ⁄4
5 ⁄4
5 ⁄4
7
71⁄2
61⁄4
63⁄4
73⁄4
9
71⁄2
8
91⁄4
1
7
5 ⁄2
6
71⁄4
83⁄4
71⁄4
73⁄4
9
1
3
10 ⁄4
8 ⁄4
91⁄4
101⁄2
8
61⁄2
7
81⁄4
1
3
1
9 ⁄4
7 ⁄4
8 ⁄4
91⁄2
3
1
3
10 ⁄4
9 ⁄4
9 ⁄4
11
1
1
8 ⁄4
7
7 ⁄2
83⁄4
1
10
8 ⁄2
9
101⁄4
1
3
1
11 ⁄4
9 ⁄4
10 ⁄4
111⁄2
1
9
7 ⁄2
8
91⁄4
11
93⁄4
101⁄2
111⁄4
1
1
12 ⁄2
11
11 ⁄2
123⁄4
1
1
12 ⁄2
11
11 ⁄2
123⁄4
3
1
3
13 ⁄4
12 ⁄4
12 ⁄4
14
1
1
13 ⁄2
12
12 ⁄2
133⁄4
1
3
1
15 ⁄4
13 ⁄4
14 ⁄4
151⁄2

S
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
43⁄4
51⁄4
61⁄2
5
53⁄4
7
51⁄4
6
71⁄2
51⁄2
61⁄4
73⁄4
53⁄4
71⁄2
9
63⁄4
8
91⁄2
71⁄4
83⁄4
10
73⁄4
93⁄4
111⁄4
111⁄4
121⁄2
121⁄4
14

T
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
53⁄4
7
51⁄2
61⁄4
71⁄2
53⁄4
61⁄2
8
6
63⁄4
81⁄4
61⁄4
8
91⁄2
71⁄4
81⁄2
10
73⁄4
91⁄4
101⁄2
81⁄4
101⁄4
113⁄4
113⁄4
13
123⁄4
141⁄2

11⁄2"
F
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
8
61⁄2
71⁄4
81⁄2
63⁄4
73⁄4
9
7
8
91⁄4
71⁄4
9
101⁄2
81⁄4
91⁄2
11
83⁄4
101⁄4
111⁄2
91⁄4
111⁄2
123⁄4
123⁄4
14
133⁄4
151⁄2

S
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
5
53⁄4
7
51⁄4
61⁄4
71⁄2
51⁄2
61⁄2
73⁄4
53⁄4
71⁄2
9
63⁄4
8
91⁄2
71⁄4
83⁄4
10
73⁄4
10
111⁄4
111⁄4
121⁄2
121⁄4
14

T – denotes threaded IPS pipe. F – denotes flanged fittings on pipe. S – denotes soldered or brazed tubing.

180

ENGINEERING CATALOG

1"

TECHNICAL DATA

3

1

⁄2"

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

■ Centerline to Centerline Dimensions, Inches

Nominal
Pipe Dia. (In.)
2
T
F
S
21⁄2
T
F
S
3
T
F
S
4
T
F
S
5
T
F
S
6
T
F
S
8
T
F
10
T
F
12
T
F

Nominal
Pipe Dia. (In.)
5
T
F
S
6
T
F
S
8
T
F
10
T
F
12
T
F

T
61⁄2
73⁄4
6
7
81⁄4
61⁄4
71⁄4
81⁄2
61⁄2
81⁄4
93⁄4
71⁄2
83⁄4
101⁄4
8
91⁄2
103⁄4
81⁄2
103⁄4
12
12
131⁄4
13
143⁄4

T
11
121⁄2
101⁄4
113⁄4
13
103⁄4
13
141⁄4
141⁄4
151⁄2
151⁄4
17

2"
F
–
9
71⁄4
81⁄4
91⁄2
71⁄2
81⁄2
93⁄4
73⁄4
91⁄2
11
83⁄4
10
111⁄2
91⁄4
103⁄4
12
93⁄4
12
131⁄4
131⁄4
141⁄2
141⁄4
16

5"
F
–
14
113⁄4
131⁄4
141⁄2
121⁄4
141⁄2
153⁄4
153⁄4
17
163⁄4
181⁄4

S
–
–
51⁄2
61⁄2
73⁄4
53⁄4
63⁄4
8
6
73⁄4
91⁄4
7
81⁄4
93⁄4
71⁄2
9
101⁄4
8
101⁄2
111⁄2
111⁄2
123⁄4
121⁄2
141⁄4

S
–
–
91⁄2
11
121⁄4
10
121⁄4
131⁄2
131⁄2
143⁄4
141⁄2
161⁄4

T
–
–
–
71⁄4
83⁄4
63⁄4
71⁄2
9
7
83⁄4
101⁄4
8
91⁄4
103⁄4
81⁄2
10
111⁄4
9
11
121⁄2
121⁄2
133⁄4
131⁄2
151⁄4

T
–
–
–
121⁄2
131⁄4
111⁄2
133⁄4
15
15
161⁄4
16
173⁄4

Nominal Pipe Diameter, Inches
21⁄2"
3"
F
S
T
F
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
10
–
–
–
8
6
–
–
3
9
7
7 ⁄4
–
101⁄4
81⁄4
91⁄4
101⁄2
81⁄4
61⁄4
71⁄4
81⁄2
10
8
9
101⁄4
1
1
1
11 ⁄2
9 ⁄2
10 ⁄2
113⁄4
1
1
1
9 ⁄4
7 ⁄4
8 ⁄4
91⁄2
101⁄2
81⁄2
91⁄2
103⁄4
12
10
11
121⁄4
3
3
3
9 ⁄4
7 ⁄4
8 ⁄4
10
1
1
1
11 ⁄4
9 ⁄4
10 ⁄4
111⁄2
1
1
1
12 ⁄2
10 ⁄2
11 ⁄2
121⁄4
1
1
1
10 ⁄4
8 ⁄4
9 ⁄4
101⁄2
1
1
1
12 ⁄2
10 ⁄2
11 ⁄4
123⁄4
3
3
3
13 ⁄4
11 ⁄4
12 ⁄4
14
3
3
3
13 ⁄4
11 ⁄4
12 ⁄4
14
15
13
14
151⁄4
143⁄4
123⁄4
133⁄4
15
1
1
16 ⁄2
14 ⁄2
151⁄2
163⁄4

6"
F
–
–
–
–
15
123⁄4
15
161⁄4
161⁄4
171⁄2
171⁄4
19

S
–
–
–
–
–
101⁄2
123⁄4
14
14
151⁄4
15
163⁄4

S
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
61⁄2
81⁄4
93⁄4
71⁄2
83⁄4
101⁄4
8
91⁄2
103⁄4
81⁄2
103⁄4
12
12
131⁄4
13
143⁄4

T
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
10
111⁄2
91⁄4
101⁄4
12
93⁄4
111⁄4
121⁄2
101⁄4
121⁄2
133⁄4
133⁄4
15
143⁄4
161⁄2

Nominal Pipe Diameter, Inches
8"
10"
T
F
T
F
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
143⁄4
–
–
–
1
1
16 ⁄4
17 ⁄2
–
–
161⁄4
171⁄2
171⁄2
–
171⁄2
183⁄4
183⁄4
20
171⁄4
181⁄2
181⁄2
193⁄4
1
1
14
20 ⁄4
20 ⁄4
211⁄2

4"
F
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
13
103⁄4
12
131⁄2
111⁄4
123⁄4
14
113⁄4
14
151⁄4
151⁄4
161⁄2
161⁄4
18

S
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
81⁄2
93⁄4
111⁄4
9
101⁄2
113⁄4
91⁄2
113⁄4
13
13
141⁄4
14
153⁄4

12"
T
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
191⁄2
211⁄4

F
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
29

T – denotes threaded IPS pipe. F – denotes flanged fittings on pipe.
S – denotes soldered or brazed tubing.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

181

1"
3

1

⁄2"

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

TECHNICAL DATA

■ Minimum Size Power-Strut Channel - To Comply with NFPA 13 Table 2-6.1 5(a) 1996 Edition

Sect.
Mod. (in3)

Channel Size
PS-200
15⁄8" x 15⁄8" x 12 ga.

PS-150
15⁄8" x 27⁄16" x 12 ga.

Sect.
Mod. (in3)

Channel Size

.202

PS-150 2T3
15⁄8" x 47⁄8" x 12 ga.

.391
PS-100 2T3

PS-100
15⁄8" x 31⁄4" x 12 ga.

1.153

15⁄8" x 61⁄2" x 12 ga.

.628

1.716

■ Section Modulus Required for Trapeze Members (in.3)
Span of
Trapeze
1 ft. 6 in.
2 ft. 0 in.
2 ft. 6 in.
3 ft. 0 in.
4 ft. 0 in.
5 ft. 0 in.
6 ft. 0 in.
7 ft. 0 in.
8 ft. 0 in.
9 ft. 0 in.
10 ft. 0 in.

1"
0.08
0.08
0.11
0.11
0.14
0.14
0.17
0.17
0.22
0.22
0.28
0.28
0.33
0.34
0.39
0.39
0.44
0.45
0.50
0.50
0.56
0.56

1 1 ⁄4 "
0.09
0.09
0.12
0.12
0.14
0.15
0.17
0.18
0.23
0.24
0.29
0.29
0.35
0.35
0.40
0.41
0.46
0.47
0.52
0.53
0.58
0.59

11⁄2"
0.09
0.09
0.12
0.12
0.15
0.15
0.18
0.18
0.24
0.24
0.30
0.30
0.36
0.36
0.41
0.43
0.47
0.49
0.53
0.55
0.59
0.61

2"
0.09
0.10
0.13
0.13
0.16
0.16
0.19
0.20
0.25
0.26
0.31
0.33
0.38
0.39
0.44
0.46
0.50
0.52
0.56
0.59
0.63
0.65

21⁄2"
0.10
0.11
0.13
0.15
0.17
0.18
0.20
0.22
0.27
0.29
0.34
0.37
0.41
0.44
0.47
0.51
0.54
0.59
0.61
0.66
0.68
0.74

Pipe Size
3"
31⁄2"
0.11
0.12
0.12
0.13
0.15
0.16
0.16
0.18
0.18
0.20
0.21
0.22
0.22
0.24
0.25
0.27
0.29
0.32
0.33
0.36
0.37
0.40
0.41
0.45
0.44
0.48
0.49
0.54
0.52
0.55
0.58
0.63
0.59
0.63
0.66
0.72
0.66
0.71
0.74
0.81
0.74
0.79
0.82
0.90

Top values are for Schedule 10 pipe; bottom values are for Schedule 40 Pipe.

182

4"
0.13
0.15
0.17
0.20
0.21
0.25
0.26
0.30
0.34
0.40
0.43
0.49
0.51
0.59
0.60
0.69
0.68
0.79
0.77
0.89
0.85
0.99

5"
0.15
0.18
0.20
0.24
0.25
0.30
0.31
0.36
0.41
0.48
0.51
0.60
0.61
0.72
0.71
0.84
0.81
0.96
0.92
1.08
1.02
1.20

6"
0.18
0.22
0.24
0.29
0.30
0.36
0.36
0.43
0.48
0.58
0.59
0.72
0.71
0.87
0.83
1.01
0.95
1.16
1.07
1.30
1.19
1.44

8"
0.24
0.30
0.32
0.40
0.40
0.50
0.48
0.60
0.64
0.80
0.80
1.00
0.97
1.20
1.13
1.41
1.29
1.61
1.45
1.81
1.61
2.01

10"
0.32
0.41
0.43
0.55
0.54
0.68
0.65
0.82
0.87
1.09
1.08
1.37
1.30
1.64
1.52
1.92
1.73
2.19
1.95
2.46
2.17
2.74

Exceeds Section Modulus for
Channel Shown Above

ENGINEERING CATALOG

1"

TECHNICAL DATA

3

1

⁄2"

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

■ Electrical Metallic Tubing Data
Nom. Size
EMT
Conduit
1
⁄2
3
⁄4
1
11⁄4
11⁄2
2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4

OD
Conduit
0.706
0.922
1.163
1.510
1.740
2.197
2.875
3.500
4.000
4.500

Conduit Wt.
lbs./ft
0.29
0.45
0.65
0.96
1.11
1.41
2.15
2.60
3.25
3.90

Approx. Max Wt. (lbs.ft.)
Conduit and Conductor
Not Lead Covered
0.54
1.16
1.83
2.96
3.68
4.45
6.41
9.30
12.15
15.40

■ Application Engineering Data – Conduit Spacings
Spacings in inches between centers of conduits. The light face figures are the minimum dimensions to provide clearance between
locknuts. The more liberal spacings printed in bold face type should be used whenever possible.

Size
1

⁄2"

3

⁄4"

1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
31⁄2"
4"
41⁄2"
5"
6"

1

⁄2"

3

1 ⁄16
13⁄8
15⁄16
11⁄2
11⁄2
13⁄4
13⁄4
2
115⁄16
21⁄8
23⁄16
23⁄8
27⁄16
25⁄8
213⁄16
3
31⁄8
33⁄8
37⁄16
33⁄4
33⁄4
4
41⁄8
43⁄8
43⁄4
5

3

⁄4"

1"

11⁄4"

11⁄2"

2"

–
–
7
1 ⁄16
15⁄8
15⁄8
17⁄8
17⁄8
11⁄8
21⁄16
21⁄4
25⁄16
21⁄2
29⁄16
23⁄4
215⁄16
31⁄8
31⁄4
31⁄2
39⁄16
37⁄8
37⁄8
41⁄8
41⁄4
41⁄2
47⁄8
51⁄8

–
–
–
–
13⁄4
2
2
21⁄4
23⁄16
23⁄8
21⁄2
23⁄4
23⁄4
3
1
3 ⁄16
33⁄8
33⁄8
35⁄8
311⁄16
4
4
41⁄4
43⁄8
45⁄8
5
51⁄4

–
–
–
–
–
–
21⁄4
21⁄2
27⁄16
25⁄8
23⁄4
3
3
31⁄4
35⁄16
35⁄8
35⁄8
37⁄8
315⁄16
41⁄4
41⁄4
41⁄2
45⁄8
47⁄8
51⁄4
51⁄2

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
29⁄16
23⁄4
27⁄8
31⁄8
31⁄8
33⁄8
37⁄16
33⁄4
33⁄4
4
41⁄16
43⁄8
43⁄8
43⁄4
43⁄4
5
53⁄8
55⁄8

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
31⁄8
33⁄8
33⁄8
35⁄8
33⁄4
4
1
4 ⁄16
43⁄8
43⁄8
43⁄4
45⁄8
5
5
53⁄8
55⁄8
6

ENGINEERING CATALOG

Size
21⁄2"
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
35⁄8
4
4
43⁄8
45⁄16
45⁄8
45⁄8
5
47⁄8
51⁄4
51⁄4
55⁄8
57⁄8
61⁄4

3"

31⁄2"

4"

41⁄2"

5"

6"

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
5
4 ⁄16
43⁄4
45⁄8
5
415⁄16
53⁄8
51⁄4
55⁄8
59⁄16
6
3
6 ⁄16
65⁄8

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
15
4 ⁄16
53⁄8
51⁄4
55⁄8
59⁄16
6
57⁄8
61⁄4
61⁄2
7

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
59⁄16
6
57⁄8
61⁄4
63⁄16
65⁄8
613⁄16
71⁄4

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
61⁄8
61⁄2
61⁄2
7
71⁄8
75⁄8

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
13
6 ⁄16
71⁄4
77⁄16
8

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
81⁄8
85⁄8
183

1"
3

1

⁄2"

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

TECHNICAL DATA

■ Steel Rigid Conduit Data
Nom. Size
Rigid
OD
Conduit Conduit
1

⁄2"
⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
31⁄2"
4"
5"
6"
3

0.840
1.050
1.315
1.660
1.900
2.375
2.875
3.500
4.000
4.500
5.563
6.625

Wt. Conduit
OD
W/C Pkg.
Coupling
lbs./ft
1.010
1.250
1.525
1.869
2.155
2.650
3.250
3.870
4.500
4.875
6.000
7.200

0.80
1.09
1.65
2.15
2.58
3.52
5.67
7.14
8.60
10.00
13.20
17.85

Approx. Max Wt.(lbs./ft.)
Conduit and Conductor
Lead
Not Lead
Covered
Covered
1.17
1.75
2.62
4.31
5.89
8.53
11.51
16.51
19.05
24.75
35.87
50.69

1.04
1.40
2.35
3.58
4.55
7.21
10.22
14.51
17.49
21.48
30.83
43.43

Maximum weight equals weight of rigid conduit plus weight of heaviest
conductor combination as specified by the 1996 edition of the
"National Electric Code Handbook."

■ Intermediate Metal Conduit Data
Nom. Size
Rigid
Conduit
1

⁄2"
⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
31⁄2"
4"
3

OD
Conduit

OD
Coupling

Weight
Conduit
W/C Pkg.
lbs./ft

0.815
1.029
1.290
1.638
1.883
2.360
2.857
3.476
3.971
4.466

1.010
1.250
1.525
1.869
2.115
2.650
3.250
3.870
4.500
4.875

0.60
0.82
1.16
1.50
1.82
2.42
4.28
5.26
6.12
6.82

Approx. Max Wt.
(lbs./ft.)
Conduit and Conductor
Lead
Not Lead
Covered
Covered
0.97
1.48
2.13
3.66
5.13
7.43
10.12
14.63
16.57
21.57

0.84
1.13
1.86
2.93
3.79
6.11
8.83
12.63
15.01
18.30

1 Cubic ft. of water weighs 62.35 lbs.
1 Gallon US weighs 8.335 lbs.

184

ENGINEERING CATALOG

1"

TECHNICAL DATA

3

1

⁄2"

⁄8"

1

■ Steel Pipe Data – Schedule 40 & 80

Nominal
Pipe Size
3

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

3

⁄4"

1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
31⁄2"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
18"
20"
24"
30"
36"

Sch.
No.
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
20
API

ENGINEERING CATALOG

O.D.
0.675
0.840
1.050
1.315
1.660
1.900
2.375
2.875
3.500
4.000
4.500
5.563
6.625
8.625
10.750
12.750
14.000
16.000
18.000
20.000
24.000
30.000
36.000

Wall
Thick

Wt./Ft.

Wt. of
Water/Ft

0.091
0.126
0.109
0.147
0.133
0.154
0.133
0.179
0.140
0.199
0.145
0.200
0.154
0.218
0.203
0.276
0.216
0.300
0.226
0.318
0.237
0.337
0.258
0.375
0.280
0.432
0.322
0.500
0.365
0.593
0.406
0.687
0.437
0.750
0.500
0.843
0.563
0.937
0.593
1.031
0.687
1.218
0.500
0.500

0.567
0.738
0.850
1.087
1.130
1.473
1.678
2.171
2.272
2.996
2.717
3.631
3.652
5.022
5.790
7.660
7.570
10.250
9.110
12.510
10.790
14.980
14.620
20.780
18.970
28.570
28.550
43.390
40.480
64.400
53.600
88.600
63.000
107.000
83.000
137.000
105.000
171.000
123.000
209.000
171.000
297.000
158.000
190.000

0.083
0.061
0.132
0.101
0.230
0.186
0.374
0.311
0.647
0.555
0.882
0.765
1.452
1.279
2.072
1.834
3.200
2.860
4.280
3.850
5.510
4.980
8.660
7.870
12.510
11.290
21.600
19.800
34.100
31.100
48.500
44.000
58.500
51.200
76.500
69.700
97.200
88.500
120.400
109.400
174.200
158.200
286.000
417.000

185

⁄2"

1"
3

1

⁄2"

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

TECHNICAL DATA

■ Copper Tube Data
Type L
Tube
Size
1
⁄4"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
31⁄2"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"

Nom.
O.D.
Tubing
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"
7
⁄8"
11⁄8"
13⁄8"
15⁄8"
21⁄8"
25⁄8"
31⁄8"
35⁄8"
41⁄8"
51⁄8"
61⁄8"
81⁄8"
101⁄8"
121⁄8"

O.D.
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.125
1.375
1.625
2.125
2.625
3.125
3.625
4.125
5.125
6.125
8.125
10.125
12.125

Wall
Thick
0.030
0.035
0.040
0.042
0.045
0.050
0.055
0.060
0.070
0.080
0.090
0.100
0.110
0.125
0.140
0.200
0.250
0.280

Wt./Ft.
Lbs.
0.126
0.198
0.285
0.362
0.455
0.655
0.884
1.140
1.750
2.480
3.330
4.290
5.380
7.610
10.200
19.290
30.100
40.400

Wt. of
Water/Ft
Lbs.
0.034
0.062
0.100
0.151
0.209
0.357
0.546
0.767
1.341
2.064
2.949
3.989
5.188
8.081
11.616
20.289
31.590
45.426

Type K
Nom.
Tube
Size
1
⁄4"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
31⁄2"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"

186

O.D.
Tubing
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"
7
⁄8"
11⁄8"
13⁄8"
15⁄8"
21⁄8"
25⁄8"
31⁄8"
35⁄8"
41⁄8"
51⁄8"
61⁄8"
81⁄8"
101⁄8"
121⁄8"

O.D.
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.125
1.375
1.625
2.125
2.625
3.125
3.625
4.125
5.125
6.125
8.125
10.125
12.125

Wall
Thick
0.035
0.005
0.049
0.049
0.065
0.065
0.065
0.072
0.083
0.095
0.109
0.120
0.134
0.160
0.192
0.271
0.338
0.405

Wt./Ft.
Lbs.
0.145
0.269
0.344
0.418
0.641
0.839
1.040
1.360
2.060
2.920
4.000
5.120
6.510
9.670
13.870
25.900
40.300
57.800

Wt. of
Water/Ft.
Lbs.
0.032
0.055
0.094
0.144
0.188
0.337
0.527
0.743
1.310
2.000
2.960
3.900
5.060
8.000
11.200
19.500
30.423
43.675

ENGINEERING CATALOG

1"

TECHNICAL DATA

3

1

⁄2"

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

■ Spacing of Hangers for Copper Tubing

Tubing Size

1

3

⁄4

1

11⁄4

11⁄2

2

21⁄2

3

31⁄2

4

5

6

8

10

12

Span in Ft.

6

8

8

10

10

10

12

12

12

12

12

14

14

18

19

⁄2

■ Spacing of Hangers for Steel Pipe
Nominal Pipe
Size, Inches
Maximum
Span, Ft.*

1

⁄2

3

⁄4

1

5

6

7

7

9

3

3

3

3

Recommended
3
Hanger
⁄8
Rod Sizes

⁄8

⁄8

11⁄4 11⁄2 2

⁄8

⁄8

21⁄2

3

31⁄2

4

5

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

24

10

11

12

13

14

16

17

19

2

23

25

27

28

30

32

3

1

1

1

5

5

3

7

7

7

1

1

11⁄4

11⁄2

⁄8

⁄2

⁄2

⁄2

⁄8

⁄8

⁄4

⁄8

⁄8

⁄8

or Trapeze

The above spacing and capacities are based on pipe filled with water.
Additional valves and fittings increase the load and therefore closer hanger spacing is required.
* Many codes and specifications state “pipe hangers must be spaced every 10 ft., regardless of size”.
Follow local specifications.

ENGINEERING CATALOG

187

1"
3

1

⁄2"

TECHNICAL DATA

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

■ PVC Plastic Pipe Data – Schedule 40 & 80
Nom.
Tube
Size
1
⁄8"
1

⁄4"

3

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

3

⁄4"

1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"

Schedule
No.
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80

O.D.
0.405
0.540
0.675
0.840
1.050
1.315
1.660
1.990
2.375

Wt. of
Wt./Ft. Water/Ft.
Lbs.
Lbs.
0.043
0.025
0.055
0.016
0.074
0.045
0.094
0.031
0.100
0.083
0.129
0.061
0.150
0.132
0.150
0.101
0.199
0.230
0.259
0.186
0.295
0.374
0.382
0.311
0.400
0.647
0.527
0.555
0.478
0.882
0.639
0.765
0.643
1.452
0.884
1.279

Wall
Thick
0.068
0.095
0.088
0.119
0.091
0.126
0.109
0.147
0.113
0.154
0.133
0.179
0.140
0.191
0.145
0.200
0.154
0.218

Nom.
Tube
Size
21⁄2"
3"
31⁄2"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"

Schedule
No.
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80

O.D.
2.875
3.500
4.000
4.500
5.563
6.625
8.625
10.750
12.750

Wt. of
Wt./Ft. Water/Ft.
Lbs.
Lbs.
1.020
2.072
1.350
1.834
1.333
3.200
1.804
2.860
1.598
4.280
2.195
3.850
1.899
5.510
2.636
4.980
2.770
8.660
4.126
7.870
3.339
12.150
5.028
11.290
5.280
21.600
8.023
19.800
7.505
34.100
11.894
31.100
10.023
48.500
16.365
44.000

Wall
Thick
0.203
0.276
0.216
0.300
0.226
0.318
0.237
0.337
0.258
0.375
0.280
0.432
0.322
0.500
0.366
0.593
0.406
0.687

■ Spacing of Hangers for PMC Plastic Pipe
Sch. 40
Pipe Size
1

3

⁄2"– ⁄4"
1"– 11⁄4"
11⁄2" – 2"
21⁄2"
3"
4"
6"

Support Spacings in Feet at Temperatures Shown Above
20°F

40°F

60°F

80°F

100°F

110°F

120°F

130°F

140°F

150°F

5.00
5.50
5.80
6.66
6.80
7.33
7.80

4.75
5.25
5.50
6.33
6.50
7.00
7.50

4.50
5.00
5.25
6.00
6.25
6.50
7.00

4.25
4.66
5.00
5.50
5.80
6.25
6.80

4.00
4.33
4.66
5.25
5.50
5.80
6.33

3.75
4.00
4.33
4.80
5.25
5.50
5.80

3.33
3.75
3.80
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.33

3.00
3.33
3.50
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.80

2.66
2.80
3.00
3.50
3.66
3.80
4.25

2.00
2.25
2.50
2.80
3.00
3.25
3.50

130°F
3.50
3.80
4.00
4.33
4.75
5.00
5.25
6.00

140°F 150°F
3.00
2.50
3.33
2.75
3.50
3.00
3.66
3.12
4.25
3.33
4.33
3.50
4.66
3.75
5.12
4.25

Sch. 40
Pipe Size
1
⁄2" – 3⁄4"
1"
11⁄4" – 11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
4"
6"

188

Support Spacings in Feet at Temperatures Shown Above
20°F
5.75
6.33
6.66
7.00
7.80
8.20
8.66
9.80

40°F
5.50
6.00
6.33
6.50
7.50
7.75
8.25
9.33

60°F
5.25
5.75
6.00
6.25
7.00
7.33
7.80
8.80

80°F
4.80
5.33
5.66
6.00
6.66
7.00
7.33
8.33

100°F
4.50
5.00
5.25
5.50
6.33
6.50
6.80
7.80

110°F
4.33
4.60
4.80
5.12
5.80
6.00
6.33
7.33

120°F
3.80
4.33
4.50
4.75
5.33
5.50
5.80
6.50

ENGINEERING CATALOG

1"

TECHNICAL DATA

3

1

⁄2"

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

■ Cast Iron Pipe Data
Nom.
Tube
Size
3"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
18"
20"
24"
30"
36"
42"
48"

Class
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

O.D.
3.96
4.80
6.90
9.05
11.10
13.20
15.30
17.40
19.50
21.60
25.80
32.00
38.30
44.50
50.80

Wall
Thick
0.32
0.35
0.38
0.41
0.44
0.48
0.51
0.54
0.58
0.62
0.73
0.85
0.94
1.05
1.14

Wt./
Ft.
12.20
16.40
25.70
36.70
48.70
62.90
78.80
95.00
114.70
135.90
190.40
277.30
368.90
479.10
595.20

Wt. of
Water
Ft. Lbs.
3.73
5.72
12.80
23.10
35.50
51.00
69.30
90.30
114.00
141.50
201.00
312.00
449.00
612.00
803.00

Nom.
Pipe
Size
11⁄2"
2"
3"
4"
6"

O.D.
1.84
2.34
3.41
4.53
6.66

Wall
Thick
0.12
0.14
0.17
0.20
0.24

Wt./Ft.
Lbs.
0.64
0.94
1.60
2.60
4.70

Wt. of
Water/Ft.
lbs.
0.89
1.45
3.19
5.79
12.78

0.16
0.17
0.17
0.20
0.26
0.33

0.60
0.87
1.10
2.00
3.40
6.30

0.35
0.76
1.36
3.06
5.44
12.42

Heavy Schedule
1"
11⁄2"
2"
3"
4"
6"

1.31
1.84
2.34
3.41
4.53
6.66

Spacing of Hangers for glass pipe support every 8-10 ft. Pad
all hangers. Use only clevis or trapeze, do not tie down pipe.

Mechanical Joint Pipe Class 150. Approximately same weight
for Bell & Spigot. Flange cast iron pipe add weight of flanges.

■ Load Carrying Capacities of Threaded Hot Rolled Steel Rod
Nominal
Rod Dia.
1
⁄4"
3
⁄8"
1
⁄2"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"
7
⁄8"
1"
11⁄8"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
13⁄4"
2"
21⁄4"
21⁄2"

ENGINEERING CATALOG

Root Area
Sq. (In.)
0.027
0.068
0.126
0.202
0.302
0.419
0.552
0.693
0.889
1.293
1.744
2.300
3.023
3.719

Maximum Safe Load, Pounds
650°
750°
240
210
610
540
1,130
1,010
1,810
1,610
2,710
2,420
3,770
3,030
4,960
4,420
6,230
5,560
8,000
7,140
11,630
10,370
15,700
14,000
20,700
18,460
27,200
24,260
33,500
29,880

189

1"
3

1

⁄2"

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

TECHNICAL DATA

■ Wide Flange Beams
Depth of
Section

Wt/
Foot

5"

16
19
12
16
20
25
13
15
18
21
24
28
31
35
40
48
58
67
15
17
19
22
26
30
33
39
45
49
54
60
68
77
88
100
112
16
19
22
26
30
35
40
45
50
53
58
65
72
79

6"

8"

10"

12"

190

Flange Avg. Flange
Width Thickness
5"
4"
4"
6"
4"
51⁄4"
1

6 ⁄2"
8"
81⁄8"
1

8 ⁄4"
4"

53⁄4"

8"

10"
1

10 ⁄8"
101⁄4"
103⁄8"
4"

1

6 ⁄2"
65⁄8"
8"
81⁄8"
10"
12"
121⁄8"

0.360"
0.430"
0.280"
0.405"
0.365"
0.455"
0.255"
0.315"
0.330"
0.400"
0.400"
0.465"
0.435"
0.495"
0.560"
0.685"
0.810"
0.935"
0.270"
0.330"
0.395"
0.360"
0.440"
0.510"
0.435"
0.530"
0.620"
0.560"
0.615"
0.680"
0.770"
0.870"
0.990"
1.120"
1.250"
0.265"
0.350"
0.425"
0.380"
0.440"
0.520"
0.515"
0.575"
0.640"
0.575"
0.640"
0.605"
0.670"
0.735"

Depth of
Section

Wt/
Foot

12"

87
96
106
120
136
152
190
22
26
30
34
38
43
48
53
61
68
74
82
90
99
109
120
132
145
159
176
193
211
233
257
283
311
342
370
398
426
26
31
36
40
45
50
57
67
77
89
100
35

14"

16"

18"

Flange Avg. Flange
Width Thickness

121⁄4"
123⁄8"
121⁄2"
125⁄8"
5"
63⁄4"

8"

10"
101⁄8"
1

14 ⁄2"
145⁄8"

3

14 ⁄4"
151⁄2"
155⁄8"
153⁄4"
7

15 ⁄8"
16"
161⁄8"
161⁄4"
163⁄8"
161⁄2"
165⁄8"
163⁄4"
51⁄2"
7"

71⁄8"
101⁄4"
103⁄8"
6"

0.810"
0.900"
0.990"
1.105"
1.250"
1.400"
1.735"
0.335"
0.420"
0.385"
0.455"
0.515"
0.530"
0.595"
0.660"
0.645"
0.720"
0.785"
0.855"
0.710"
0.780"
0.860"
0.940"
1.030"
1.090"
1.190"
1.310"
1.440"
1.560"
1.720"
1.890"
2.070"
2.260"
2.470"
2.660"
2.845"
3.035"
0.345"
0.440"
0.430"
0.505"
0.565"
0.630"
0.715"
0.665"
0.760"
0.875"
0.985"
0.425"

Depth of
Section

Wt/
Foot

18"

40
46
50
55
60
65
71
76
86
97
106
119
44
50
57
62
68
73
83
93
111
122
147
55
62
68
76
84
94
104
117
131
146
162
84
94
102
114
146
161
178
99
108
116
124
132
173
191

21"

24"

27"

30"

Flange Avg. Flange
Width Thickness

71⁄2"

75⁄8"
11"
111⁄8"
111⁄4"
61⁄2"

81⁄4"

83⁄8"
123⁄8"
121⁄2"
7"
9"

91⁄8"
123⁄4"
127⁄8"
13"
10"

101⁄8"
14"
141⁄8"
101⁄2"

15"

0.525"
0.605"
0.570"
0.630"
0.695"
0.750"
0.810"
0.680"
0.770"
0.870"
0.940"
1.060"
0.450"
0.535"
0.650"
0.615"
0.685"
0.740"
0.835"
0.930"
0.875"
0.960"
1.150"
0.505"
0.590"
0.585"
0.680"
0.770"
0.875"
0.750"
0.850"
0.960"
1.090"
1.220"
0.640"
0.745"
0.830"
0.930"
0.975"
1.080"
1.190"
0.670"
0.760"
0.850"
0.930"
1.000"
1.065"
1.185"

ENGINEERING CATALOG

1"

TECHNICAL DATA
Channels – American Standard

DEPTH
OF
SECTION

4"
5"
6"

7"

8"

9"

10"

12"

15"

18"

Weight/
Foot
4.10
5.00
6.00
5.40
7.25
6.70
9.00
8.20
10.50
13.00
9.80
12.25
14.75
11.50
13.75
18.75
13.40
15.00
20.00
15.30
20.00
25.00
30.00
20.70
25.00
30.00
33.90
40.00
50.00
42.70
45.80
51.90

AVERAGE
THICKNESS
OF FLANGE

ENGINEERING CATALOG

⁄2"

1

AVERAGE
THICKNESS
OF FLANGE

DEPTH
OF
SECTION

Flange
Width
13⁄8"
11⁄2"
15⁄8
15⁄8"
13⁄4"
13⁄4"
17⁄8"
17⁄8"
2"
21⁄8
21⁄8"
21⁄4"
21⁄4"
21⁄4"
23⁄8"
21⁄2"
23⁄8"
21⁄2"
25⁄8"
25⁄8"
23⁄4"
27⁄8"
3"
3"
3"
31⁄8"
33⁄8"
31⁄2"
33⁄4"
4"
4"
41⁄8"

1

⁄8"

I-beams – American Standard

FLANGE
WIDTH

FLANGE
WIDTH

Depth of
Section
3"

3

Avg. Flange
Thickness
0.273"

Depth of
Section
3"
4"

0.296"
5"
0.320"
6"
0.343"
7"
0.366"

8"
10"

0.390"
12"
0.413"
15"
0.436"
18"
20"
0.501"

0.650"

24"

Weight/
Foot
5.70
7.50
7.70
9.50
10.00
14.75
12.50
17.25
15.30
20.00
18.40
23.00
25.40
35.00
31.80
35.00
40.80
50.00
42.90
50.00
54.70
70.00
66.00
75.00
86.00
96.00
80.00
90.00
100.00
106.00

Flange
Width
23⁄8"
21⁄2"
25⁄8"
23⁄4"
3"
31⁄4"
33⁄8"
35⁄8"
35⁄8"
37⁄8"
4"
41⁄8"
45⁄8"
5"
5"
51⁄8"
51⁄4"
51⁄2"
51⁄2"
55⁄8"
6"
61⁄4"
61⁄4"
63⁄8"
7"
71⁄4"
7"
71⁄8"
71⁄4"
77⁄8"

Avg. Flange
Thickness
0.260"
0.293"
0.326"
0.359"
0.392"
0.426"
0.491"
0.544"
0.659"
0.622"
0.691
0.795
0.920
0.871

1.090

0.625"

191

⁄2"

1"
3

1

⁄2"

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

TECHNICAL DATA

To Convert
From
Length
Inch [in]
Foot [ft]
Yard [yd]
Mile (U.S. Statute) [mi]
Area
Square Inch [in2]
Square Foot [ft2]
Square Yard [yd2]
Square Mile [mi2]
(U.S. Statute)
Acre
Acre
Volume
Cubic Inch [in3]
Cubic Foot [ft3]
Cubic Yard [yd3]
Gallon (U.S. Liquid) [gal]
Quart (U.S. Liquid) [qt]
Mass
Ounce (Avoirdupois) [oz]
Pound (Avoirdupois) [lb]
Short Ton
Force
Ounce-Force
Pound-Force [lbf]
Bending Moment
Pound-Force-Inch [lbf-in]
Pound-Force-Foot [lbf-ft]
Pressure, Stress
Pound-Force per
Square Inch [lbf/in2]
Foot of Water (39.2 F)
Inch of Mercury (32 F)
Energy, Work, Heat
Foot-Pound-Force [ft-lbf]
British Thermal Unit [Btu]
Calorie [cal]
Kilowatt Hour [kW-h]
Power
Foot-Pound-Force
/Second [ft-lbs/s]
British Thermal Unit
/Hour [Btu/h]
Horsepower
(550 Ft. Lbf/s) [hp]
Angle
Degree
Temperature
Degree Fahrenheit [F]

192

To

Multiply
By

To Convert
From

Multiply
To

By

Millimeter [mm]
Meter [m]
Meter [m]
Kilometer [km]

25.400 000
0.304 800
0.914 400
1.609 347

Millimeter [mm]
Meter [m]
Meter [m]
Kilometer [km]

Inch [in]
Foot [ft]
Yard [yd]
Mile (U.S. Statute) [mi]

0.039 370
3.280 840
1.093 613
0.621 370

Square Millimeter [mm2]
Square Meter [m2]
Sqare Meter [m2]
Square Kilometer [km2]

645.16
0.092 903
0.836 127
2.589 998

Square Millimeter [mm2]
Square Meter [m2]
Sqare Meter [m2]
Square Kilometer [km2]

0.001550
10.763 915
1.195 991
0.386 101

Square Meter [m2]
Hectare

4046.873
0.404 687

Square Meter [m2]
Hectare

Square Inch [in2]
Square Foot [ft2]
Square Yard [yd2]
Square Mile [mi2]
(U.S. Statute)
Acre
Acre

0.000 247
2.471 046

Cubic Millimeter [mm3]
Cubic Meter [m3]
Cubic Meter [m3]
Litre [l]
Litre [l]

16387.06
0.028 317
0.764 555
3.785 412
0.946 353

Cubic Millimeter [mm3]
Cubic Meter [m3]
Cubic Meter [m3]
Litre [l]
Litre [l]

Cubic Inch [in3]
Cubic Foot [ft3]
Cubic Yard [yd3]
Gallon (U.S. Liquid) [gal]
Quart (U.S. Liquid) [qt]

0.000061
35.314 662
1.307 950
0.264 172
1.056 688

Gram [g]
Kilogram [kg]
Kilogram [kg]

28.349 520
0.453 592
907.185

Gram [g]
Kilogram [kg]
Kilogram [kg]

Ounce (Avoirdupois) [oz]
Pound (Avoirdupois) [lb]
Short Ton

0.035 274
2.204 624
0.00110

Newton [N]
Newton [N]

0.278 014
4.448 222

Newton [N]
Newton [N]

Ounce-Force
Pound-Force [lbf]

3.596 941
0.224 809

Netwon-Meter [N-m]
Newton-Meter [N-m]

0.112 985
1.355 818

Netwon-Meter [N-m]
Newton-Meter [N-m]

Pound-Force-Inch [lbf-in]
Pound-Force-Foot [lbf-ft]

8.850 732
0.737 562

Kilopascal [kPa]

6.894 757

Kilopascal [kPa]

0.145 038

Kilopascal [kPa]
Kilopascal [kPa]

2.988 980
3.386 380

Kilopascal [kPa]
Kilopascal [kPa]

Pound-Force per
Square Inch [lbf/in2]
Foot of Water (39.2 F)
Inch of Mercury (32 F)

Joule [J]
Joule [J]
Joule [J]
Joule [J]

1.355 818
1055.056
4.186 800
3600000

Joule [J]
Joule [J]
Joule [J]
Joule [J]

Foot-Pound-Force [ft-lbf]
British Thermal Unit [Btu]
Calorie [cal]
Kilowatt Hour [kW-h]

0.737 562
0.000948
0.238 846
2.78-7

Watt [W]

1.355 818

Watt [W]

0.737 562

Watt [W]

0.293 071

Watt [W]

Kilowatt [kW]

0.745 700

Kilowatt [kW]

Foot-Pound-Force
/Second [ft-lbs/s]
British Thermal Unit
/Hour [Btu/h]
Horsepower
(550 Ft. Lbf/s) [hp]

Radian [rad]

0.017 453

Radian [rad]

Degree

57.295 788

Degree Celsius [C]

(F° -32)/1.8

Degree Celsius [C]

Degree Fahrenheit [F]

1.8xC°+32

0.334 562
0.295 301

3.412 142
1.341 022

ENGINEERING CATALOG

1"

TECHNICAL DATA

3

1

⁄2"

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

■ Metal Framing
PA 158 ...................... 140
PA 238 ...................... 140
PA 318 ...................... 140
PA 1GP ..................... 140
PA 1HDC .................. 140
PA 1RC ..................... 140
PA 1RP ..................... 140
PA 1SC ..................... 140
PA 1SNB ................... 140
PS 51 .......................... 89
PS 52 E ....................... 92
PS 67 .......................... 89
PS 69 .......................... 89
PS 83 .......................... 57
PS 85 ........................ 107
PS 86 ........................ 107
PS 93 ........................ 108
PS 94 ........................ 108
PS 95 ........................ 107
PS 100 ........................ 22
PS 100 2T3 ................. 24
PS 100 EH .................. 22
PS 100 H .................... 22
PS 100 K06 ................ 22
PS 100 S .................... 22
PS 135 ........................ 58
PS 135 X .................. 107
PS 146 ........................ 58
PS 150 ........................ 25
PS 150 2T3 ................. 27
PS 150 EH .................. 25
PS 150 H .................... 25
PS 150 KO6 ................ 25
PS 150 S .................... 25
PS 200 ........................ 28
PS 200 2T2 ................. 31
PS 200 2T3 ................. 30
PS 200 2T4 ................. 31
PS 200 2T5 ................. 31
PS 200 3T6 ................. 31
PS 200 EH .................. 28
PS 200 EH 2T3 ........... 30
PS 200 H .................... 28
PS 200 H3 .................. 28
PS 200 KO6 ................ 28
PS 200 PLA ................ 34
PS 200 PLB ................ 34
PS 200 PLC ................ 34
PS 200 S .................... 28
PS 200 SB .................. 28
PS 202 ........................ 60
PS 203 ........................ 60
PS 204 ........................ 60
PS 205 ........................ 60
PS 209 ........................ 57
PS 210 ........................ 36
PS 210 2T3 ................. 38
PS 210 EH .................. 36
PS 210 H .................... 36
PS 210 KO6 ................ 36

PS 210 S .................... 36
PS 211 ........................ 58
PS 230 ........................ 58
PS 270 ........................ 92
PS 285 ...................... 131
PS 300 ........................ 39
PS 300 2T3 ................. 41
PS 300 EH .................. 39
PS 300 H .................... 39
PS 300 KO6 ................ 39
PS 300 S .................... 39
PS 349 ...................... 128
PS 400 ........................ 42
PS 400 2T3 ................. 44
PS 400 EH .................. 42
PS 400 H .................... 42
PS 400 KO6 ................ 42
PS 400 S .................... 42
PS 449 ...................... 129
PS 500 ........................ 45
PS 500 2T3 ................. 47
PS 500 EH .................. 45
PS 500 H .................... 45
PS 500 S .................... 45
PS 517 ........................ 59
PS 520 ........................ 48
PS 520 2T3 ................. 50
PS 520 EH .................. 48
PS 520 H .................... 48
PS 520 S .................... 48
PS 560 ........................ 51
PS 560 2T3 ................. 53
PS 560 EH .................. 51
PS 560 H .................... 51
PS 560 S .................... 51
PS 600 J ................... 134
PS 601 ........................ 62
PS 602 ........................ 62
PS 603 ........................ 65
PS 604 ........................ 66
PS 605 ........................ 67
PS 606 ........................ 67
PS 607 ........................ 68
PS 609 ........................ 74
PS 611 ........................ 74
PS 612 ........................ 74
PS 613 ........................ 75
PS 614 ........................ 68
PS 615 ........................ 68
PS 616 ........................ 78
PS 617 ........................ 62
PS 618 ........................ 62
PS 619 ........................ 62
PS 620 ........................ 63
PS 621 ........................ 63
PS 622 ........................ 69
PS 623 ........................ 78
PS 624 ........................ 70
PS 626 ........................ 94
PS 629 ........................ 78

ENGINEERING CATALOG

PS 631 ........................ 78
PS 633 ........................ 70
PS 644 ........................ 78
PS 645 ........................ 78
PS 646 ........................ 78
PS 647 ........................ 74
PS 649 ...................... 120
PS 651 ........................ 94
PS 653 ...................... 130
PS 654 ...................... 130
PS 655 ...................... 115
PS 656 .............. 115, 130
PS 658 ...................... 116
PS 659 ...................... 116
PS 660 ........................ 68
PS 661 T1 ................... 94
PS 661 T2 ................... 94
PS 665 ........................ 80
PS 666 ........................ 80
PS 667 ........................ 80
PS 668 ........................ 81
PS 669 ........................ 82
PS 670 ........................ 81
PS 671 ...................... 121
PS 677 ........................ 77
PS 678 ........................ 77
PS 679 ........................ 75
PS 680 ...................... 132
PS 684 ...................... 104
PS 685 ...................... 103
PS 686 ...................... 103
PS 687 ........................ 76
PS 689 ........................ 69
PS 692 ........................ 75
PS 693 ...................... 120
PS 694 ...................... 120
PS 700 J ................... 135
PS 702 ...................... 118
PS 702 D .................. 119
PS 703 ...................... 118
PS 703 D .................. 119
PS 704 ........................ 79
PS 707 ...................... 119
PS 707 P .................. 119
PS 708 ........................ 94
PS 709 ........................ 77
PS 710 ........................ 76
PS 711 ........................ 74
PS 712 ........................ 64
PS 713 ........................ 69
PS 714 ........................ 64
PS 715 ........................ 69
PS 716 R or L ............. 68
PS 718 ........................ 63
PS 719 ........................ 63
PS 720 R or L ............. 68
PS 721 ........................ 76
PS 722 ...................... 125
PS 723 ...................... 124
PS 732 ........................ 95

PS 733 ........................ 77
PS 734 ........................ 77
PS 735 ........................ 77
PS 736 ...................... 104
PS 744 ........................ 64
PS 745 ........................ 67
PS 746 ........................ 70
PS 747 ........................ 65
PS 748 ........................ 70
PS 750 ........................ 64
PS 752 R or L ............. 69
PS 756 ........................ 73
PS 760 ...................... 121
PS 763 ........................ 66
PS 764 ........................ 66
PS 781 ........................ 71
PS 791 ...................... 123
PS 793 ........................ 71
PS 803 ...................... 116
PS 804 ........................ 79
PS 805 ...................... 120
PS 806 ........................ 66
PS 807 ...................... 117
PS 808 T1 ................... 94
PS 808 T2 ................... 94
PS 809 ........................ 94
PS 810 ........................ 73
PS 812 ........................ 73
PS 815 ........................ 98
PS 816 ...................... 100
PS 821 ........................ 81
PS 822 ........................ 65
PS 825 R or L ............. 95
PS 826 ........................ 95
PS 838 R or L ............. 95
PS 854 ........................ 65
PS 855 ...................... 102
PS 858 ...................... 106
PS 865 ...................... 106
PS 871 ...................... 105
PS 888 ........................ 63
PS 889 ........................ 63
PS 901 .............. 115, 130
PS 902 ...................... 115
PS 907 ...................... 103
PS 913 ........................ 81
PS 916 ...................... 104
PS 921 ........................ 65
PS 922 R or L ............. 79
PS 923 ........................ 81
PS 925 ........................ 64
PS 926 ........................ 72
PS 927 ........................ 69
PS 928 ........................ 74
PS 929 ........................ 76
PS 930 ...................... 115
PS 942 ...................... 120
PS 943 ........................ 80
PS 945 ........................ 81
PS 978 ........................ 76

PS 993 ........................ 79
PS 998 ...................... 103
PS 1000 ...................... 86
PS 1004 ...................... 79
PS 1100 ...................... 86
PS 1116 ...................... 86
PS 1117 ...................... 86
PS 1154 .................... 130
PS 1200 ...................... 87
PS 1300 ...................... 86
PS 1450 ...................... 88
PS 1500 .................... 123
PS 1510 .................... 123
PS 1610 .................... 126
PS 1801 .................... 126
PS 1850 .................... 126
PS 1901 ...................... 98
PS 1902 ...................... 99
PS 1911 .................... 100
PS 2007 R or L ........... 70
PS 2008 .................... 137
PS 2010 .................... 138
PS 2011 .................... 138
PS 2013 .................... 136
PS 2014 .................... 136
PS 2015 .................... 136
PS 2016 .................... 136
PS 2017 .................... 137
PS 2018 .................... 137
PS 2019 .................... 137
PS 2023 R or L ......... 137
PS 2024 .................... 137
PS 2025 .................... 137
PS 2026 .................... 138
PS 2029 .................... 138
PS 2033 .................... 136
PS 2034 .................... 136
PS 2037 .................... 137
PS 2041 .................... 138
PS 2054 ...................... 72
PS 2064 ...................... 83
PS 2094 .................... 121
PS 2112 ...................... 65
PS 2113 ...................... 71
PS 2117 R or L ........... 79
PS 2119 ...................... 76
PS 2128 R or L ........... 80
PS 2129 R or L ........... 80
PS 2144 ...................... 66
PS 2190 ...................... 64
PS 2401 thru 2403 ..... 96
PS 2404 thru 2408 ..... 96
PS 2421 ...................... 96
PS 2422 ...................... 96
PS 2504 ...................... 62
PS 2511 .................... 115
PS 2514 ...................... 82
PS 2520 ...................... 66
PS 2521 ...................... 83
PS 2522 ...................... 83

193

1"
3

1

⁄2"

⁄8"

1

⁄2"

TECHNICAL DATA

■ Metal Framing
PS 2524 ...................... 84
PS 2525 ...................... 84
PS 2528 ...................... 84
PS 2528 -1 ................. 84
PS 2532 ...................... 75
PS 2545 ...................... 67
PS 2560 .................... 115
PS 2561 .................... 115
PS 2580 .................... 115
PS 2581 .................... 115
PS 2582 .................... 120
PS 2585 .................... 115
PS 2601 ...................... 73
PS 2622 .................... 104
PS 2623 .................... 105
PS 2624 .................... 105
PS 2625 .................... 116
PS 2626 .................... 106
PS 2627 .................... 123

PS 2631 .................... 117
PS 2631 D ................ 117
PS 2632 .................... 116
PS 2632 D ................ 116
PS 2636 .................... 118
PS 2637 .................... 118
PS 2639 .................... 121
PS 2640 .................... 115
PS 2648 ...................... 75
PS 2651 .................... 102
PS 2653 .................... 103
PS 2654 .................... 106
PS 2654 A ................ 106
PS 2656 .................... 102
PS 2657 .................... 102
PS 2660 .................... 120
PS 2661 .................... 120
PS 2662 - A .............. 120
PS 2800 .................... 122

PS 2801 .................... 122
PS 2802 .................... 122
PS 2803 .................... 122
PS 3013 ...................... 82
PS 3013 SQ ................ 82
PS 3017 .................... 136
PS 3025 ...................... 82
PS 3025 FL ................. 82
PS 3029 ...................... 83
PS 3033 ...................... 82
PS 3033 SQ ................ 82
PS 3040 ...................... 82
PS 3041 ...................... 83
PS 3049 ...................... 67
PS 3060 ...................... 75
PS 3064 ...................... 83
PS 3101 thru 3115 ..... 92
PS 3126 ...................... 88
PS 3138 ...................... 88

■ Fiberglass Framing
100-1500 thru 100-1512 ................. 164
200-3101 ......................................... 160
200-4101 ......................................... 160
200-3100 thru 200-3210 ................. 158
200-3827 thru 200-3381 ................. 166
200-3840 thru 200-3843 ................. 166
200-4100N
200-4226 thru 200-4342 ................. 163
200-4227 thru 200-4343 ................. 163
1000E .............................................. 162
1000V .............................................. 162
10PU-CNS thru 250PU-CN .............. 163
20E-1000 thru 20E-2300 ................. 151
20E-5000 ......................................... 157
20N-ARM08 .................................... 167
20N-ARM14 .................................... 167
20N-ARM17 .................................... 167
20N-ARM23 .................................... 167
20N-STA21 ...................................... 167
20N-STA33 ...................................... 167
20P-1000 thru 20P-2300 ................ 151
20P/V-2500 thru 20P/V-2508 .......... 154
20P/V-2510 thru 20P/V-2526 .......... 155
20P/V-2528 thru 20P/V-2541 .......... 156
20P/V-2800 thru 20P/V-2808 .......... 154
20P/V-2812 thru 20P/V-2826 .......... 155
20P/V-2828 thru 20P/V-2840 .......... 156
20P/V-2810L/R ................................ 155
20P/V-2816L/R ................................ 155
20PP-5903 ...................................... 157
20PP-5904 ...................................... 157
20PP-5905 ...................................... 157
20PU-CNMHD thru 375PU-CNHD ... 163
20PU/PP-5853 ................................ 157
20PU/PP-5854 ................................ 157
20PU/PP-5855 ................................ 157
20V-1000 thru 20V-2300-SST ......... 151
20V-2BC-25 ..................................... 165

194

PS 3164 ...................... 95
PS 3201 .................... 105
PS 3281 ...................... 60
PS 3282 ...................... 95
PS 3301 .................... 117
PS 3326 R or L ........... 70
PS 3373 ...................... 68
PS 3500 ...................... 58
PS 3792 ................. 54,88
PS 4017 .................... 136
PS 6024 ...................... 57
PS 6064 ...................... 58
PS 6072 ...................... 57
PS 6075 ...................... 57
PS 6108 ...................... 57
PS 6112 ...................... 57
PS 6151 .................... 130
PS 6152 ...................... 54
PS 6153 ...................... 54

PS 9050 ...................... 54
PS 9400 ...................... 71
PS 9401 ...................... 71
PS 9402 ...................... 72
PS 9403 ...................... 72
PS 9404 ...................... 72
PS 004M-038 M ......... 91
PS 004T-106N ............ 90
PS 285N ................... 131
PS LS ......................... 59
PS NS ......................... 59
PS NS S ...................... 59
PS RS ......................... 59
PS SS ......................... 59
PS TG ......................... 60
PS UB1/2-UB 10 ......... 91

■ Technical Data
20V-2BC-37 ..................................... 165
20V-2BC-50 ..................................... 165
250E ................................................ 162
250PU ............................................. 161
250PU ............................................. 161
375E ................................................ 162
375PU-BC ........................................ 165
375PU ............................................. 161
375V ................................................ 161
390N-150 ........................................ 166
390N-BLT ........................................ 166
390N-CLP ........................................ 166
500E ................................................ 162
500PU-BC ........................................ 165
500PU ............................................. 161
500V ................................................ 162
50PU-1508 ...................................... 156
50PU-2045 ...................................... 157
50PU-2090 ...................................... 157
50PU-2536 ...................................... 157
50PU-2611 ...................................... 156
50PU-2613 ...................................... 156
50PU-2616 ...................................... 154
50PU-2636 ...................................... 157
50PU-500SP .................................... 157
625E ................................................ 162
625PU ............................................. 161
625V ................................................ 162
750E ................................................ 162
750V ................................................ 162
AIC-EC ............................................. 157
CVHPU-100 thru CVHPU-600 .......... 164
PCR-050 thru PCR-080 ................... 159
PS050 thru PS1800 ......................... 159
RGBC-1 ........................................... 165
RGBC-2 ........................................... 165
RGBC-3 ........................................... 165
UB-050 thru UB-600 ........................ 160

Design Load - Channel Connections ............................ 146
Beam Diagrams and Formulas .............................. 147-148
Beam Load Conversion Factors ................................... 149
Section Modulus Required for Trapeze Members ........ 150
American Standard Beam Tables .......................... 151-152
Tables of Pipe Spacing ......................................... 153-154
Conduit Spacings ........................................................ 155
Electrical Metallic Tubing Data ..................................... 155
Intermediate Metal Conduit Data ................................. 156
Steel Rigid Conduit Data .............................................. 156
Steel Pipe Data – Schedule 40 & 80 ............................ 157
Copper Tube Data ........................................................ 158
Spacing of Hangers for Copper Tubing ........................ 159
Spacing of Hangers for Steel Pipe ............................... 159
PVC Plastic Pipe Data – Schedule 40 & 80 .................. 160
Spacing of Hangers for PVC Plastic Pipe ..................... 160
Cast Iron Pipe Data ...................................................... 161
Load Capacities of Threaded Rod ................................ 161
Table of Conversions ................................................... 162
Fractions and Decimal Equivalents .............................. 163
General Applications ............................................. 164-167

ENGINEERING CATALOG

Power-Strut and the Power-Strut logo are registered trademarks of Allied Tube & Conduit.
©Copyright 2004, Allied Tube & Conduit. All Rights Reserved.
ATC-L-1376-6 [web download]



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.5
Linearized                      : Yes
Page Count                      : 196
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : XMP toolkit 2.9.1-14, framework 1.6
About                           : uuid:3dbd72f4-1273-11d9-acd2-003065a723e8
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 4.0 for Macintosh
Create Date                     : 2002:11:21 14:33:00Z
Modify Date                     : 2004:09:29 19:56:52-04:00
Metadata Date                   : 2004:09:29 19:56:52-04:00
Document ID                     : uuid:d9f7e4d1-c382-11d8-a1b6-003065a723e8
Format                          : application/pdf

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools